- Manuals
- Brands
- Dell
- Software
- OpenManage Connection
- Command Line Reference Guide
Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide PDF
Summary of Content for Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide PDF
Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Version 6.1.2 Command Line Interface Reference Guide
Notes, cautions, and warnings
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
2018 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. Other trademarks may be trademarks of their respective owners.
2018- 09
Rev. A00
Contents
1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................8 DTK Deprecation Message............................................................................................................................................... 8 What is new in this release................................................................................................................................................8 SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands......................................................................................................................9 Supported Systems.......................................................................................................................................................... 13 Supported operating systems......................................................................................................................................... 13 Toolkit Utilities................................................................................................................................................................... 14
System Configuration Utility......................................................................................................................................14 RAID Configuration Utility..........................................................................................................................................14 RAC Configuration Utility...........................................................................................................................................14 Disk Partitioning Utility............................................................................................................................................... 14
Replication Of DTK Utilities............................................................................................................................................. 14 File Format...................................................................................................................................................................14 SYSCFG Replication Rules.........................................................................................................................................14 RAID Replication......................................................................................................................................................... 15 RACADM Replication................................................................................................................................................. 15
Other Documents You May Need...................................................................................................................................15 Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site............................................................................................... 16 Contacting Dell..................................................................................................................................................................16
2 Command Syntax Overview..........................................................................................................................17 DTK Utilities General Usage.............................................................................................................................................17 Command Line Syntax..................................................................................................................................................... 18 Case Sensitivity.................................................................................................................................................................18 Command Line Option Delimiters................................................................................................................................... 18 Other Delimiters................................................................................................................................................................ 19 Read And Write Commands........................................................................................................................................... 20 File Input And Output Commands................................................................................................................................. 20 Log Files............................................................................................................................................................................ 20 Help Option........................................................................................................................................................................21 Error Checking And Error Messages..............................................................................................................................21
3 DTK Seamless package................................................................................................................................22 Seamless package Downloading and Installing.......................................................................................................22
4 SYSCFG.......................................................................................................................................................24 Features.............................................................................................................................................................................24 SYSCFG General Options............................................................................................................................................... 25
No Option....................................................................................................................................................................25 envar............................................................................................................................................................................25 h or help...................................................................................................................................................................... 26 i or infile....................................................................................................................................................................... 26
Contents 3
ix or inxmlfile............................................................................................................................................................... 27 l or logfile..................................................................................................................................................................... 27 o or outfile................................................................................................................................................................... 27 ox or outxmlfile...........................................................................................................................................................28 ovrwrt..........................................................................................................................................................................28 px or pendingxmlfile...................................................................................................................................................28 s....................................................................................................................................................................................29 version......................................................................................................................................................................... 29
SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration...................................................................................................................................29 SYSCFG BIOS commands........................................................................................................................................ 30 BIOS Option Settings................................................................................................................................................ 43 Boot Settings..............................................................................................................................................................45 Integrated Devices..................................................................................................................................................... 47 Network Settings.......................................................................................................................................................59 Memory Settings....................................................................................................................................................... 63 Miscellaneous Settings..............................................................................................................................................68 One-Time Boot........................................................................................................................................................... 72 Processor Settings.....................................................................................................................................................74 SATA Settings.............................................................................................................................................................87 Serial Communication.............................................................................................................................................. 103 Slot Disablement.......................................................................................................................................................106 System Information.................................................................................................................................................. 106 System Profile Settings........................................................................................................................................... 109 System Security........................................................................................................................................................ 115 UEFI Boot Settings...................................................................................................................................................125 DTKTORACADM...................................................................................................................................................... 126 SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge 12G Systems................................................ 131
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option......................................................................................................... 137 Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option............................................................................................................. 139 Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option.............................................................................................................140 SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration............................................................................141
bmcversion................................................................................................................................................................ 142 chassistype................................................................................................................................................................142 clearsel....................................................................................................................................................................... 142 controlpanelaccess................................................................................................................................................... 143 deviceguid..................................................................................................................................................................143 encryptkey.................................................................................................................................................................143 fiberchannel...............................................................................................................................................................144 floppy......................................................................................................................................................................... 144 formfactor................................................................................................................................................................. 144 hddfailover.................................................................................................................................................................145 hpcmode....................................................................................................................................................................145 htassist.......................................................................................................................................................................145 idecdrom.................................................................................................................................................................... 146 idracgui.......................................................................................................................................................................146
4 Contents
lpt................................................................................................................................................................................146 memdynamicpower.................................................................................................................................................. 147 memintleave.............................................................................................................................................................. 147 memremap.................................................................................................................................................................147 mouse.........................................................................................................................................................................148 noraidprompt.............................................................................................................................................................148 oldsetuppwd..............................................................................................................................................................148 oldsyspwd..................................................................................................................................................................149 opticaldrivectrl.......................................................................................................................................................... 149 remflashmedia...........................................................................................................................................................150 serial1..........................................................................................................................................................................150 serial2..........................................................................................................................................................................151 slotname..................................................................................................................................................................... 151 sma..............................................................................................................................................................................151 sysrev......................................................................................................................................................................... 152 usb..............................................................................................................................................................................152 usbflash......................................................................................................................................................................152 vflash..........................................................................................................................................................................153 identify....................................................................................................................................................................... 153 idracversion............................................................................................................................................................... 153 kvmstatusonlcd.........................................................................................................................................................154 lancfgparams.............................................................................................................................................................154 lanchannelaccess...................................................................................................................................................... 157 lanchannelinfo........................................................................................................................................................... 158 lanuseraccess............................................................................................................................................................158 lcd1............................................................................................................................................................................. 159 lcd2.............................................................................................................................................................................159 loaddefaults............................................................................................................................................................... 159 nextboot.................................................................................................................................................................... 160 nmibutton.................................................................................................................................................................. 160 passwordaction..........................................................................................................................................................161 pefcfgparams.............................................................................................................................................................161 powerbutton..............................................................................................................................................................164 powerctl..................................................................................................................................................................... 164 racreset......................................................................................................................................................................165 serialcfgparams.........................................................................................................................................................165 serialchannelaccess..................................................................................................................................................166 serialchannelinfo........................................................................................................................................................167 serialuseraccess........................................................................................................................................................ 167 solaction.....................................................................................................................................................................168 solcfgparams............................................................................................................................................................. 169 ssninfo........................................................................................................................................................................ 170 useraction.................................................................................................................................................................. 170 username.................................................................................................................................................................... 171 version........................................................................................................................................................................172
Contents 5
virutualmedia............................................................................................................................................................. 172 SYSCFG For State Configuration................................................................................................................................. 172
SYSCFG Options For State Configuration.............................................................................................................172 SYSCFG for System Configuration.............................................................................................................................. 173
Options For System Configuration......................................................................................................................... 173 SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration...................................................................................................................................178 PCI Reporting..................................................................................................................................................................179
Environment Variable File........................................................................................................................................ 179
5 RAIDCFG................................................................................................................................................... 180 Features...........................................................................................................................................................................180 Supported RAID Controllers..........................................................................................................................................180 RAIDCFG Options And Arguments............................................................................................................................... 181 RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments................................................................................................... 187
General Help..............................................................................................................................................................188 Enumerating RAID Controllers................................................................................................................................ 189 Creating Virtual Disks...............................................................................................................................................190 Enumerating Array Disks......................................................................................................................................... 195 Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks....................................................................................................................... 198 Enumerating Virtual Disks........................................................................................................................................198 Deleting Virtual Disks............................................................................................................................................... 199 Increasing Virtual Disk Size.....................................................................................................................................200 Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk....................................................................................................200 Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks..................................................................................................................... 201 Setting Virtual Disk Name....................................................................................................................................... 201 Setting Environment Variables............................................................................................................................... 202 RAID Replication Options........................................................................................................................................204 Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares......................................................................................205 Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations...................................................................................................206 Importing Secured Foreign Configuration.............................................................................................................207 Displaying Foreign Key Ids.......................................................................................................................................207 Creating Encryption Key......................................................................................................................................... 208 Changing Encryption Key....................................................................................................................................... 208 Deleting Encryption Key..........................................................................................................................................209 Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild..........................................................................................................................209 Configuring Array Disk As RAID .............................................................................................................................210 Configuring Physical Disk State..............................................................................................................................210 Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk...............................................................................................................211 Consistency check for virtual disk...........................................................................................................................211 Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk.............................................................................................................................212 Discarding Preserved Cache................................................................................................................................... 212 Initializing Virtual Disks.............................................................................................................................................213 Resetting The Controller..........................................................................................................................................214 Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares................................................................................... 214 Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed........................................................................................................215 Setting Boot Mode ..................................................................................................................................................216
6 Contents
Configuring Auto Import .........................................................................................................................................216 Miscellaneous Options............................................................................................................................................. 217
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands..................................................................................................................217
6 UPINIT.......................................................................................................................................................220 Features.......................................................................................................................................................................... 220 Creating A Partition Using UPINIT.............................................................................................................................. 220 UPINIT Dependencies................................................................................................................................................... 220 UPINIT Options And Arguments...................................................................................................................................221
7 Messages And Codes.................................................................................................................................224 SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages..........................................................................................................................224
Failure Messages......................................................................................................................................................224 Failures And Solutions.............................................................................................................................................. 231
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages........................................................................................................... 232 Failure Messages......................................................................................................................................................232
UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages...................................................................................................233 UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages...................................................................................... 233 RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages........................................................................................................................ 233
Failure Messages......................................................................................................................................................233 RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages.......................................................................................................243 RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages.............................................................................................................245
8 BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages.............................................................................................. 248
9 Sample File Formats.................................................................................................................................. 249 Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format.......................................................................................................................249 Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format.....................................................................................................................256 Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format..................................................................................................................... 257
Contents 7
Introduction Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) includes a set of utilities, sample scripts, and sample configuration files to deploy and configure your Dell system. You can use DTK to build script-based and RPM-based installation for deploying a large number of systems reliably, without changing their current deployment processes. You can use DTK in a Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE) or a Linux environment.
Topics:
DTK Deprecation Message
What is new in this release
SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Supported Systems
Supported operating systems
Toolkit Utilities
Replication Of DTK Utilities
Other Documents You May Need
Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site
Contacting Dell
DTK Deprecation Message The OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) along with the associated tools and capabilities will be deprecated for version 6.1 and later:
Redundant Array of Independent Disks Configuration (RAIDCFG) Utility
System Configuration (SYSCFG) Utility
ELI tool
Utility Partition (UPINIT)
It is recommended to use the RACADM Command Line (CLI) as a replacement for the RAIDCFG and SYSCFG utilities. For more information on downloading RACADM, see support.dell.com.
NOTE: DTK will continue to support any new hardware or operating system for the 14th generation of PowerEdge servers. However, support for later generations of PowerEdge servers will be deprecated. For more information about features supported by DTK, see the latest User's Guide available at dell.com/openmanagemanuals .
What is new in this release The new features for this release include:
Support for the following PowerEdge servers:
PowerEdge MX740c
PowerEdge MX840c
Support for below Network Cards:
Intel 2port 25GE MEZZ Demere Key
Intel 2port 25GE PCIe FH Harbor channel
1
8 Introduction
Mellanox 2port 25GE MEZZ Yondu
Support Matrix for the controller card:
Table 1. Support Matrix for the controller
Controller type OSD Support with PowerEdge MX740c and PowerEdge MX840c
OSD support with MX5026s
Virtual Disk, Physical Disk support with Compute Backplanes
Virtual Disk, Physical Disk support using Mx5016s HDDs
H745P MX Yes No Yes Yes
H730P MX Yes NA Yes NA
HBA330 MX No NA PD = YES ; VD = NO NA
HBA330MMZ No No PD = YES ; VD = NO PD = YES ; VD = NO
NOTE: For the list of supported operating systems and Dell servers, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix at dell.com/ openmanagemanuals.
NOTE: Use both DTK and the Server Administrator from the same release version to get complete supported features of Server Administrator.
SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER\ windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts. The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map.
The following table lists the set of commands:
Table 2. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP
lcp --domainname iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName
lcp --dnsracname iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName
lcp --dnsregisterrac iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister
--idractype iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy
--autoneg iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg
--gateway iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway
--ipaddress iDRAC.IPv4.Address
--macaddress iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres
--nicselectionfailover iDRAC.NIC.Failover
--subnetmask iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask
--vanilla iDRAC.NIC.VLanID
--dnsserver1v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1
Introduction 9
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--dnsserver2v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2
--gatewayv6 iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway
--ipv6address1 iDRAC.IPv6.Address1
--ipv6address2 iDRAC.IPv6.Address2
--linklocaladdrv6 iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress
--prefixlengthv6 iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength
--connectionmode iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode
--msgcommbitrate iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat
--msgcommflowctrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl
--tmcfghandshakectrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl
--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit
--tmcfgnewlineseq iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq
--solcharaccuminterval iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval
--solbitrate iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate
--solprivlevel iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege
--solcharsendthreshold iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold
BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
--BootSeqRetry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
--SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Integrated Devices --EmbVideo BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
--IoatEngine BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
--InternalUsb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
--OsWatchdogTimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
--Usb3Setting BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting
Memory Settings --DynamicCoreAllocation BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation
--CorrEccSmi BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi
10 Introduction
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--MemTest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
--NodeInterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
--memopmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
--ErrPrompt BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
--NumLock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
--ForceInt10 BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
--insystemcharacterization BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
Processor Settings --DcuIpPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
--ProcExecuteDisable BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
--RtidSetting BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
--ProcX2Apic BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
--cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
--cpuspeed BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--logicproc BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc
--proc1brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand
--proc1id BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id
--proc1l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache
--proc1l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache
--proc1numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores
--proc2brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand
--proc2id BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id
--proc2l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache
--proc2l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache
--proc2numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores
--proc64bit BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit
--procadjcacheline BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
--procbusspeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed
--proccorespeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--qpispeed BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed
Introduction 11
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--procconfigtdp BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp
SATA Settings --WriteCache BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache
--SecurityFreezeLock BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
--Sembsataraid BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--embsata BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporta BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sataportb BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sataportc BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sataportd BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sataporte BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sataportf BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sataportg BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
--sataportgmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
--sataportgdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
--sataportgcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
--sataporth BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporthmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
--sataporthdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
--sataporthcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
--sataporti BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
--sataportimodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
--sataportidrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
--sataporticapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
--sataportj BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
--sataportjmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
--sataportjdrivetyp BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
--sataportjcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
12 Introduction
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
Serial Communication --ConTerrmType BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
--ExtSerialConnector BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
--FailSafeBaud BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
Slot Disablement --Slotn BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn
System Information --svctag BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
System Security --AcPwrRcvryDelay BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
--PwrButton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
--SetupPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
--SysPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
System Power --maxpowercap System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold
--minpowercap System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold
--capenable System.Power.Cap.Enable
Supported Systems For a complete list of supported Dell PowerEdge systems, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix in the required version of OpenManage Software at dell.com/openmanagemanuals
Supported operating systems DTK utilities support Windows PE 10.0 (64-bit), Windows PE 5.1 (64-bit), and Windows PE 4.0 (64-bit), to deploy the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Foundation, Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Foundation, Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions
Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Foundation, Essentials, and Standard editions
For Linux, the DTK utilities support deploying the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3 (64-bit)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5 (64-bit)
You can install the DTK Linux RPM utilities on the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3 (64-bit)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5 (64-bit)
NOTE: The RPMs are available in the RPMs folder of DTK ELI ISO at linux.dell.com/repo/hardware, and also in the Dell EMC Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD.
Introduction 13
Toolkit Utilities DTK contains utilities that allow you to configure the BIOS, Baseboard Management Controller (BMC), Remote Access Controller (RAC), RAID controllers, and hard-drive partitions on supported Dell systems. Additionally, the utilities can be integrated with the sample files provided with the toolkit to fully configure one-to-many target systems in a scripted mass system deployment.
System Configuration Utility The SYSCFG utility performs the following tasks:
Reports and sets BIOS configuration options.
Reports and sets BMC/RAC configuration options.
Reports and sets user-configurable states.
Reports system information, including PCI device detection.
RAID Configuration Utility The RAIDCFG utility reports and sets RAID configuration options.
RAC Configuration Utility The RACADM utility reports and sets RAC configuration options for Dell Remote Access Controller DRAC 5, iDRAC6, and iDRAC7, and iDRAC8.
Disk Partitioning Utility The UPINIT script creates, formats, and populates a Dell Utility Partition.
Replication Of DTK Utilities This section explains the replication of DTK utilities.
File Format The -i and -o options use the .ini file format for system configuration (SYSCFG) options. All name/value entries that follow the [syscfg] section header in the .ini file belong to the SYSCFG utility. For an example of the syscfg.ini file, see Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format.
SYSCFG Replication Rules Not all BIOS and BMC options can be replicated using the .ini file. For example, boot sequence and device sequence are only replicated if a device name list can be supplied. A numerical device list cannot be replicated since the index values can change from system to system. In addition, because the service tag information is static, it is not commented out in the output file or replicated. See the description of each option for further replication information.
14 Introduction
The syscfg.ini file cannot be used across different systems. The file output operation places system identification information at the beginning of the [syscfg] section. This information is used to determine if the file can be accepted as input for a system. The following
information is used for system identification:
System ID Byte(s)
System Name
BIOS Version
If these values do not match the values found on the system, the file input operation fails.
The following is the SYSCFG behavior during replication:
Options not available in SYSCFG are termed invalid options. If SYSCFG encounters an invalid option in the syscfg.ini file, the SYSCFG utility terminates.
Unsupported options are options available in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported option, SYSCFG logs this option and continues to the next option.
Unsupported arguments are arguments valid in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported argument, SYSCFG terminates.
SYSCFG logs a message in the log file for each option processed in the syscfg.ini file. To generate the log file, use the logfile option.
RAID Replication The RAID replication feature reads the RAID configuration information from the source system and creates a raid.ini file. This raid.ini file can be applied to the RAID configurations of the target system. The RAID replication requires both, the source system and the target system to have similar RAID controllers.
RACADM Replication The RACREP.BAT sample script applies RAC configuration options to the target system based on the configuration information that has been saved in a configuration file. User input is optional, depending on variables set in the RACREP.BAT sample script. This script uses the RACADM.EXE utility to configure the RAC in the target system using the RAC configuration file, raccfg.ini. The raccfg.ini configuration file is passed as the first parameter to the RACREP.BAT script. If this parameter is not passed, the default variable values used in this script are set in the TKENVSET.BAT scripts. An optional second parameter can be passed to this file, which specifies the IP address used in configuring the RAC. The raccfg.ini file is generated with the RACCAP.BAT sample script.
Other Documents You May Need In addition to this guide, you can access the following guides available at dell.com/support/manuals.
The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide provides information about installing and deploying DTK on supported Dell systems. The guide is also available as part of the DTK download.
The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide provides best practice procedures that focus on the basic tasks for successful deployment of Dell systems.
The Dell Systems Software Support Matrix provides information about the various Dell systems, the operating systems supported by these systems, and the Dell OpenManage components that can be installed on these systems.
The Dell OpenManage Installation Guide provides additional information about performing an unattended installation of Dell OpenManage Server Administrator on systems running supported Windows, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and Citrix Xen Server operating systems.
The Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User's Guide provides information on using Server Administrator on supported operating systems.
The Dell Update Packages User's Guide provides information about obtaining and using Dell Update Packages as part of your system update strategy.
Introduction 15
The Dell OpenManage Sever Administrator Storage Management Users Guide provides information about RAID controllers.
The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) Command Line Interface Reference Guide provides information about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC8 and CMC.
The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) User's Guide provides information about configuring and using iDRAC8 for 13th generation rack, tower, and blade servers to remotely manage and monitor your system and its shared resources through a network.
The Glossary provides information about the terms used in this document.
The Deployment Toolkit release notes (for Windows PE and embedded Linux) which is also available as part of the DTK download, provides the latest available information about the installation and operation of the DTK components and the list of PowerEdge systems supported for this version of DTK.
Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site You can access the required documents using the following links:
For Dell EMC Enterprise Systems Management documents www.dell.com/SoftwareSecurityManuals
For Dell EMC OpenManage documents www.dell.com/OpenManageManuals
For Dell EMC Remote Enterprise Systems Management documents www.dell.com/esmmanuals
For iDRAC and Dell EMC Lifecycle Controller documents www.dell.com/idracmanuals
For Dell EMC OpenManage Connections Enterprise Systems Management documents www.dell.com/ OMConnectionsEnterpriseSystemsManagement
For Dell EMC Serviceability Tools documents www.dell.com/ServiceabilityTools
a Go to www.dell.com/Support/Home.
b Click Choose from all products.
c From All products section, click Software & Security, and then click the required link from the following:
Enterprise Systems Management
Remote Enterprise Systems Management
Serviceability Tools
Dell Client Command Suite
Connections Client Systems Management
d To view a document, click the required product version.
Using search engines:
Type the name and version of the document in the search box.
Contacting Dell NOTE: If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact information on your purchase invoice, packing slip, bill, or Dell product catalog.
Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options. Availability varies by country and product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or customer service issues:
1 Visit www.dell.com/support .
2 Select your support category.
3 If you are not a U.S customer, select your country code at the bottom of the page, or select All to see more choices.
4 Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need.
16 Introduction
Command Syntax Overview Syntax refers to the way a command and its parameters are entered. Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) Command Line Interface (CLI) commands can be arranged in any order as long as they conform to the basic command line syntax.
Topics:
DTK Utilities General Usage
Command Line Syntax
Case Sensitivity
Command Line Option Delimiters
Other Delimiters
Read And Write Commands
File Input And Output Commands
Log Files
Help Option
Error Checking And Error Messages
DTK Utilities General Usage The following table lists the general usage models of the DTK utilities:
Table 3. DTK Utilities
Utilities Usage
SYSCFG syscfg --option1=[arg1] ... --optionX=[argX] or
syscfg bmcoption1 --bmcsuboption1=[arg1]...-- bmcsuboptionX=argX]
RAIDCFG raidcfg [mandatory options]
RACADM racadm
UPINIT For WinPE:
upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file=t:\upimage.bin For Linux:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=/tmp/upimage.bin
The DTK command line switches, configuration file formatting, and error reporting follow similar style and behavior. However, individual DTK utilities can sometimes differ from one another in significant ways. You must familiarize yourself with the command line syntax and utility- specific options and arguments for each utility before using DTK.
2
Command Syntax Overview 17
NOTE: Some of the command line options in DTK are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.
Command Line Syntax The following table lists the generic command line characters and arguments present in the command line options with a short description of these characters.
Table 4. Command Line Options
Element Description
- Prefix single character options.
NOTE: This delimiter is not applicable to Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) sub-options.
-- Prefix multi-character options.
utilname Indicates the generic designation for a DTK utility name.
o Indicates the generic single-character designation for an option.
optionX Indicates the generic multi-character designation for a utility name, where you can use X to distinguish multiple options used in the same command line instance.
argX Indicates the generic designation for an argument, where you can use X to distinguish multiple arguments used in the same command line instance.
[mandatory option] Indicates the generic designation for a mandatory argument.
[ ] Indicates a component of the command line. Enter only the information within the brackets and exclude the brackets.
... Indicates that the previous argument can be repeated several times in a command. Enter only the information within the ellipses and exclude the ellipses.
| Separates two mutually exclusive choices in a syntax line. For example:
usb: Turns the usb controller on or off Argument: enable | disable | legacy Enter only one choice: --usb=enable, --usb= disable, or -- usb=legacy.
Case Sensitivity Command line options, pre-defined and user-defined arguments, and filenames given as arguments are all case-sensitive on PowerEdge
systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
Unless specified otherwise, enter all commands, options, arguments, and command line switches in lowercase letters.
Command Line Option Delimiters The following table lists some examples of valid and invalid DTK command lines.
18 Command Syntax Overview
Table 5. Command Line Option Delimiters
Valid / Invalid DTK Command Line Example
valid syscfg --option1 --option2 syscfg --asset --floppy
invalid syscfg --option1=argument --option2 --option3
syscfg --asset=R910 --floppy -- bootseq
valid syscfg -o=filename --option1 --option2 syscfg -o=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq
valid syscfg -l=filename --option1 --option2 syscfg -l=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq
invalid syscfg -i=filename --option1 --option2 syscfg -i=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq
valid syscfg --option=argument bmcoption --option1= argument
syscfg --embnic=on pcp --hostname=webserver
NOTE: Do not combine options that specify report or set actions in a command line instance.
Other Delimiters The following table lists the other delimiters:
Table 6. Other delimiters
Delimiter Example Description
White space (space or tab) syscfg --option=argument1 argument2
considers
argument1 and
argument2 as two arguments.
A string surrounded by double quotation marks regardless of the white space contained within, is interpreted as a single SYSCFG argument.
syscfg --option="argument1 argument2"
considers
argument1 and
argument2 a single argument.
A double quotation mark preceded by a backslash (\") is interpreted as a literal double quotation mark (").
syscfg --option="\"argument" considers "argument as the argument.
Backslashes are interpreted literally, unless they immediately precede a double quotation mark. If an even number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\), and the double quotation mark (") is interpreted as a string delimiter.
syscfg --option="\\"argument" considers \ and argument as two arguments.
Command Syntax Overview 19
Delimiter Example Description
If an odd number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\) and the double quotation mark is interpreted as an escape sequence by the remaining backslash, causing a literal double quotation mark (") to be placed in the SYSCFG argument.
syscfg --option="\\\"argument" considers \ "argument as the argument.
Read And Write Commands Options can report a certain value or set of values based on the presence of an argument. These read or write actions are implied in the DTK command line arguments. The get, read, set, or write commands, for example, are not required.
NOTE: You cannot combine options that specify read or write actions in a command line instance.
Table 7. Read and Write Command Examples
Valid/Invalid DTK Command Line Example
valid syscfg --option1 --option2
valid syscfg --option1=arg --option2=arg
invalid syscfg --option1=arg --option2
File Input And Output Commands Specify the file input using the -i <filename> command, where <filename> is the name of the input file.
Specify the file output using the -o <filename> command, where <filename> is the name of the output file.
Log Files If the log file already exists, information is appended to the file. This allows multiple tools to use the same log file to record information. Use the -l option to record the output of a utility.
The log duplicates all standard output and error information to the specified file. Each log file begins with a time stamp and utility name. For example, YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS < utilname > -
The following is an example of the logging behavior:
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option1=on 2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option2=on 2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option3 =off
NOTE: The log files may contain sensitive information such as passwords and authentication information. To protect such information, it is recommended that only the administrator accesses the log files.
20 Command Syntax Overview
Help Option The -h and --help options display general usage information for the utility. If the argument matches a valid option, that usage information of the option is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.
Error Checking And Error Messages The DTK utilities check your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When a command is executed successfully, a message displays stating that your command has been successful. Unrecognized or invalid options and arguments result in a usage error that displays the DTK utility name and version along with a short message. For information about the error messages, see Messages And Codes.
Command Syntax Overview 21
DTK Seamless package The DTK Seamless package is a single installer package that carries Linux DTK RPMs (RHEL, SLES) and its dependency.
Seamless package Downloading and Installing This section describes the downloading and installing of DTK seamless package.
The seamless package auto recognizes the OS type and its respective dependency during the installation and installs SYSCFG, RAIDCFG, and RACADM tools on post Linux operating system.
The advantages of seamless package are:
The size of the DTK seamless package is less (approximately 60MB) compared to that of the complete OM DVD size.
The DTK seamless package is posted independently on www.dell.com/support with OM and DTK releases.
The seamless package supports both interactive and non-interactive modes of DTK tool installation.
Interactive mode options:
Type the following command: ./DTKTOOLS_
The options displayed on the screen are as follows:
Deployment Tools Install Utility
Available install options:
[ ] 1. Command line BIOS configuration utility (syscfg utility)
[ ] 2. Command line RAID configuration utility (raidcfg utility)
[ ] 3. DRAC command line configuration utility
[ ] 4. All features
Enter the number to select/deselect (toggle selection) a component
Enter i to install the selected components.
Enter q to quit.
Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.
To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command
/opt/dell/toolkit/bin/dtktools-uninstall.sh d
Non-interactive mode:
3
22 DTK Seamless package
In the non-interactive mode, all the available tools are installed by default. Any other option is ignored.
Type the following command:
./DTKTOOLS_
Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.
To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command
./DTKTOOLS_
To view the available options, run the following command in the command line:
./DTKTOOLS_
The seamless package uninstalls the older DTK tool set version, and upgrades it to a newer version if Server Administrator is not present in the system.
DTK Seamless package 23
SYSCFG This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) system configuration utility. It describes the command line parameters, configuration file format, and individual executables used to configure server BIOS and Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) settings, DTK state settings, and system information including PCI device detection.
Topics:
Features
SYSCFG General Options
SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option
SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration
SYSCFG For State Configuration
SYSCFG for System Configuration
SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration
PCI Reporting
Features The SYSCFG utility:
Displays help and usage information.
Outputs configuration options to a file or screen.
Reads configuration options from a file or Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters.
Configures BMC/Remote Access Controller (RAC) users, local area network (LAN) channel and serial channel settings, BMC/RAC platform event filter (PEF) settings, and BMC/RAC serial-over-LAN (SOL) settings.
Configures the nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) and power button.
Reports the BMC/RAC firmware version, BMC/RAC device global unique identifier (GUID), and BMC/RAC LAN channel and serial channel information.
Reports BMC/RAC session information.
Clears BMC/RAC system event log (SEL).
Restores BMC/RAC factory defaults.
Records and reports the state data value.
Displays system configuration information.
Returns specific error codes and messages.
Logs activity to a given filename.
Configures the BIOS features using ini file, DTK xml file, and ws-man xml file.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), the SYSCFG utility is located at \dell\toolkit\tools or \dell\toolkit\tools directory. In Linux, you can find it in the/opt/dell/toolkit/bin directory.
4
24 SYSCFG
SYSCFG General Options NOTE: Some of the options in SYSCFG are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any sub-options or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.
No Option
Table 8. No Option
Valid Arguments NA
Description The SYSCFG utility displays the usage information.
envar
Table 9. SYSCFG General envar
Valid Arguments <valid filename> <valid path>
Description Stores the environment variable data to a file when used with the s option. This file can be called from other scripts to set the environment variable. The value of <filename> must not be specified if the DTKENVSCR environment variable is set to a valid filename. In this case, the filename pointed to by DTKENVSCR is used to store the environment variable data.
Example:
syscfg --mem -s=temp --envar= Z:\scripts\file.bat When used without the -s option, --envar takes the default variable.
Linux Example:
syscfg --svctag --envar= /tmp/myvars.txt svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =2G8LC1S source /tmp/myvars.txt Windows PE Example:
syscfg --svctag --envar=i:\myvars.bat svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =2G8LC1S call i:\myvars.bat
SYSCFG 25
h or help
Table 10. SYSCFG General h or help
Valid Arguments none or <valid option name>
Description Displays the general usage information for the utility, when no argument is provided. If the argument matches a valid option, that option's usage information is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the option has sub-options, all sub-options, valid arguments, and a description are listed. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg -h lanchannelaccess lanchannelaccess: Reports LAN channel access information. Sub-options: pefalerting: Enable or disable PEF (Platform Event Filter)alerting. Arguments: enable | disable ipmioverlan: Enable or disable IPMI over LAN access. Arguments: disable | alwaysavail channelprivlmt: Sets the maximum privilege level that can be accepted on the LAN channel. Arguments: user | operator |administrator
i or infile
Table 11. SYSCFG General i or infile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to take input from the .ini file. The utility searches the file for a section heading identical to the utility name. An error is returned if the file or section is not found. If the section is found, each name/value pair is applied to the system. The names must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this option is used with other function command options, they are applied in the order in which they appear on the command line, overriding any previous commands.
Example:
A:>syscfg -i <filename>.ini
26 SYSCFG
ix or inxmlfile
Table 12. SYSCFG General ix or inxmlfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to receive input from the xml file. The utility searches the BIOS option in the file. An error is returned if the file is not found. The provided option must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this option is dependent on any other option, they are applied in the order in which they appear in the xml file.
NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ix filename.xml NOTE: You can modify or use the BIOS configuration captured in xml format from a PowerEdge server for large scale deployment configurations using RACADM or WS-MAN. For more information on using RACADM and WS-MAN refer Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide and Dell Lifecycle Controller-Remote Services Quick Start Guide respectively available at dell.com/support/manuals.
l or logfile
Table 13. SYSCFG General l or logfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Logs the command line output to a time-stamped file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as the standard output, plus timestamp information. Users should use this option instead of redirection for task diagnosis. For more information, see Log Files .
Example:
A:>syscfg -l logfile --option=<filename>
o or outfile
Table 14. SYSCFG General o or outfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Prints all replicable options to the specified filename. The format of the output is in the .ini format, with the utility name as the section header. On PowerEdge 11G systems, if a file with the same name already exists, the information is appended to the file, but on
SYSCFG 27
PowerEdge 12G it overwrites the existing file. If this option is used with other function commands, the commands are applied in the order in which they appear. This option captures replicable BMC and BIOS options.
Example:
A:>syscfg -o <filename>.ini
ox or outxmlfile
Table 15. SYSCFG General ox or outxmlfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Prints all BIOS options to the specified xml file.
NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later sytems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ox filename.ini
ovrwrt
Table 16. SYSCFG General ovrwrt
Valid Arguments NA
Description Used with the -o option to cause the output file to be overwritten if a file of the same name already exists. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg -o=filename.ini --ovrwrt The file filename has been overwritten.
px or pendingxmlfile
Table 17. SYSCFG General px or pendingxmlfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Prints all the pending BIOS options to a specified xml file.
NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later sytems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --px filename.xml
28 SYSCFG
s
Table 18. SYSCFG General s
Valid Arguments <string>
Description Prints the variable name and the assigned value to the console. This option when used with --envar, picks up the environment variable data and stores it in a file. This file can be called from a script. For more information, see envar.
Example:
A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag svctag=SERVICE ENVNAME=SERVICE
version
Table 19. SYSCFG General version
Valid Arguments NA
Description Displays the version information, current time, and date for the utility. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --version syscfg Version 4.4 P01(Windows - Jan 29 2014,16:48:48) Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration SYSCFG uses BIOS interfaces to manipulate boot order and BIOS settings. It configures all options available on the BIOS setup screen, including boot order, embedded device configuration, and asset tag management. Consider the following while using the SYSCFG options:
On systems prior to 12G, options and arguments are case-sensitive.
NOTE: The naming format of Dell PowerEdge systems is yxxx; y denotes alphabets, for example, M (modular), R (rack), or T (tower) and x denotes numbers. For example, a PowerEdge R720 is a 12th Generation rack mount 700 series server.
On 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later systems, the SYSCFG options are grouped.
Running SYSCFG without arguments on any system only displays the valid options.
Reboot the system for the BIOS options to take effect.
On 12th generation of PowerEdge systems are backward compatible and support legacy arguments enable and disable. However, it is recommended to use enabled and disabled on 12th generation of PowerEdge systems as the arguments enable and disable may be deprecated in future. For more information, see the BIOS options help.
To list the options which are set on the system, but not applied due to pending reboot, type:
syscfg --pendingvalues If a setup password is set, provide the password while configuring the SYSCFG options as:
syscfg --
The BIOS version or hardware feature set.
SYSCFG 29
A missing or expired license. The system displays an error message if the required license is not found. For more information, see Dell License Manager on dell.com/support/manuals.
Some of the options are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any suboptions or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.
SYSCFG BIOS commands SYSCFG BIOS equivalent RACADM commands are listed:
For more information on RACADM commands, see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell.com/ openmanagemanuals.com.
Table 20. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS Option Settings --BootSeq --bootseq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeq
--HddSeq --devseq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode --bootmode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
--BootSeqRetry --bootseqretry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover
NOTE: The option is not supported on 12G systems.
--hddfailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqddn
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
-- SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd
Integrated Devices --EmbVideo --embvideoctrl BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
--IoatEngine --ioat BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1 N/A BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2 N/A BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid --integratedraid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
--IntegratedSas --integratedsas BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedSas
--InternalSdCard --embsdcard BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCard
30 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
-- InternalSdCardRedundancy
--embsdcardredundancy BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCardRedundanc y
--InternalUsb --internalusb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
--InternalUsb1 --internalusbport1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb1
--InternalUsb2 --internalusbport2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb2
--OsWatchdogTimer --oswatchdogtimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable --sriov BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
--UsbPorts --usbports BIOS.IntegratedDevices.UsbPorts
--Usb3Setting
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
-- InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
--CurrentEmbVideoState
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
IscsiDev1ConnChapType
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnEnDis
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnInterface N/A
SYSCFG 31
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
IscsiDev1ConnProtocol
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnTimeout
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnVlanId
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnAuth
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A N/A
Memory Settings --CorrEccSmi N/A N/A
--DynamicCoreAllocation N/A N/A
--MemOpMode --memoperatingmode BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpMode
--MemOpVoltage --dimmvoltage BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpVoltage
--MemTest --memtest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
--NodeInterleave --nodeinterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
--RedundantMem --redmem BIOS.MemSettings.RedundantMem
--SerialDbgOut N/A BIOS.MemSettings.Serialdbgout
--SysMemSize* --mem* BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSize
--SnoopMode --snoopfilter BIOS.MemSettings.SnoopFilter
32 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is not supported on 12G systems.
--SysMemSpeed* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed
--SysMemType* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType
--SysMemVolt* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt
--VideoMem* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.VideoMem
--ClusterOnDie
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
RedundantOsLocation
NOTE: The option is supported only on 14G and later systems.
N/A N/A
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag* --asset* BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
--ErrPrompt --f1f2promptonerror BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
--InSystemCharacterization N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
--NumLock --numlock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
--ForceInt10
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
--InSystemCharacterization
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
--ReportKbdErr
NOTE: The option is not supported on 13G and later systems.
--rptkeyerr BIOS.MiscSettings.ReportKbdErr
DellAutoDiscovery N/A
SYSCFG 33
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
Network Settings
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
--PxeDevnEnDis N/A BIOS.NetworkSettings.PxeDevnEnDis
HttpDevnInterface
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
HttpDevnProtocol
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
HttpDevnVlanEnDis
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
HttpDevnVlanId
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
--PxeDevnInterface N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnProtocol
--PxeDevnProtocol N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnProtocol
--PxeDevnVlanEnDis N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanEnDis
--PxeDevnVlanId N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanId
34 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--PxeDevnVlanPriority N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanPriority
One-Time Boot
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--OneTimeBootMode N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootMode
--OneTimeBootSeqDev --nextboot BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootSeqDev
--OneTimeHddSeqDev N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeHddSeqDev
--OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Processor Settings --DataReuse --datareuse BIOS.ProcSettings.DataReuse
--DcuIpPrefetcher N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher --dcustreamerprefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc --logicproc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
--Proc1Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Brand
--Proc1Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Id
--Proc1L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L2Cache
--Proc1L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L3Cache
--Proc1NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1NumCores
--Proc2Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Brand
--Proc2Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Id
--Proc2L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L2Cache
--Proc2L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L3Cache
--Proc2NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2NumCores
--Proc3Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Brand
--Proc3Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Id
--Proc3L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L2Cache
--Proc3L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L3Cache
--Proc3NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3NumCores
--Proc4Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Brand
--Proc4Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Id
--Proc4L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L2Cache
--Proc4L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L3Cache
--Proc4NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4NumCores
SYSCFG 35
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--Proc64bit* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc64bit
--ProcAdjCacheLine --adjcacheprefetch BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
--ProcBusSpeed* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcBusSpeed
--ProcCores --cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
--ProcCoreSpeed* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--ProcExecuteDisable --cpuxdsupport BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher --hwprefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization --virtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
--QpiBandwidthPriority --qpibandwidthpriority BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiBandwidthPriority
--QpiSpeed N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiSpeed
--RtidSetting N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
--ProcnControlledTurbo
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcnControlledTurbo
--ProcConfigTdp
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcConfigTdp
--ProcX2Apic
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
SATA Settings --EmbSata --embsataraid BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--eSataPort1 N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1
--eSataPort1Capacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Capacity
--eSataPort1DriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1DriveType
--eSataPort1Model* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Model
--SataPortA --sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--SataPortACapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortACapacity
--SataPortADriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortADriveType
--SataPortAModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortAModel
--SataPortB --sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
36 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--SataPortBCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBCapacity
--SataPortBDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBDriveType
--SataPortBModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBModel
--SataPortC --sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--SataPortCCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCCapacity
--SataPortCDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCDriveType
--SataPortCModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCModel
--SataPortD --sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--SataPortDCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDCapacity
--SataPortDDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDDriveType
--SataPortDModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDModel
--SataPortE --sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--SataPortECapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortECapacity
--SataPortEDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEDriveType
--SataPortEModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEModel
--SataPortF --sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--SataPortFCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFCapacity
--SataPortFDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFDriveType
--SataPortFModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFModel
--SataPortG
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--sata6 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
--SataPortGCapacity*
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
--SataPortGDriveType*
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
--SataPortGModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
SYSCFG 37
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--SataPortH
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--SataPortHCapacity*
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
--SataPortHDriveType*
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
--SataPortHModel*
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
--SataPortI
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
--SataPortICapacity
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
--SataPortIDriveType
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
--SataPortIModel N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
38 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--SataPortJ
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
--SataPortJCapacity
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
--SataPortJDriveType
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
--SataPortJModel
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
--SecurityFreezeLock
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
Serial Communication --ConTerrmType --conterm BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
--ExtSerialConnector --extserial BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
--FailSafeBaud --fsbr BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot N/A BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
--SerialComm --serialcomm BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialComm
--SerialPortAddress --serialportaddrsel BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialPortAddress
Slot Disablement --Slotn N/A BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn
SlotnBif N/A N/A
SYSCFG 39
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 14G and later systems.
System Information --SysMfrContactInfo* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SysMfrContactInfo
--SystemBiosVersion* --biosver BIOS.SysInformation.SystemBiosVersion
--SystemManufacturer* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemManufacturer
--SystemModelName* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemModelName
--SystemServiceTag* --svctag/--syssvctag* BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
--SystemMeVersion*
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
--UefiComplianceVersion
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysInformation.UefiComplianceVersion
System Profile Settings --CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
--MemFrequency --memorypowermode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemFrequency
--MemPatrolScrub N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemPatrolScrub
--MemRefreshRate N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemRefreshRate
--MemVolt N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemVolt
--MonitorMwait N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MonitorMwait
--PowerSaver N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.PowerSaver
--ProcC1E --cpuc1e BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcC1E
--ProcCStates --cstates BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcCStates
--ProcPwrPerf --cpupowermode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcPwrPerf
--ProcTurboMode --turbomode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcTurboMode
--SysProfile --profile BIOS.SysProfileSettings.SysProfile
--EnergyEfficientTurbo
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyEfficientTurbo
--ProcnTurboCoreNum N/A N/A
40 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--EnergyPerformanceBias
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyPerformanceBias
--UncoreFrequency
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.UncoreFrequency
System Security --AcPwrRcvry --acpower BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvry
--AcPwrRcvryDelay N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
--AcPwrRcvryUserDelay N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
--AesNi N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.Aesni
--IntelTxt --inteltxt BIOS.SysSecurity.IntelTxt
--NmiButton --nmibutton BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton
--PasswordStatus --pwdlock BIOS.SysSecurity.PasswordStatus
--PwrButton --powerbutton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
--SetupPassword --setuppwd BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
--SysPassword --syspwd BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
--SystemCpldVersion* N/A N/A
--TcmActivation
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tcmactivation BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmActivation
--TcmClear
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tcmclear BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmClear
--TcmSecurity --tcmsecurity BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmSecurity
SYSCFG 41
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--TpmActivation
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tpmactivation BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmActivation
--TpmClear
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tpmclear BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmClear
--TpmSecurity --tpmsecurity BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmSecurity
--TpmStatus N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.TPMStatus
--TpmInfo
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
--TpmCommand
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmCommand
--UefiVariableAccess N/A N/A
--SecureBoot
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.SecureBoot
--SecureBootPolicy
NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
SecureBootMode N/A N/A
42 SYSCFG
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
TpmPpiBypassClear N/A N/A
TpmPpiBypassProvision N/A N/A
UEFI Boot Settings --UefiBootSeq N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.UefiBootSeq
BIOS Option Settings You can manage the BIOS start settings using the options in this group.
BootSeq or bootseq
Table 21. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq or bootseq
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names
separated by commas
On 12G and later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the boot sequence.
NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.
Without an argument, this option prints the boot order list. The argument must be formatted as a comma-separated numerical list with no spaces. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list, that is, the low and high numbers must match, and the same number of entries must be supplied. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated.
Some systems also allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb), and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.
Numerical Lists Examples:
A:>syscfg --bootseq= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
SYSCFG 43
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Device Name Examples:
Example of device names:
nic.slot.1 (network adapter 1 in PCI slot) nic.emb.1 (network adapter 1 on system board) hdd.emb.0 (hard drive C:) cdrom.emb.0 (CD drive) Device Name Lists Examples
Example 1:
#syscfg --bootseq The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device Device 3:* hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C: Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE Device 1:* floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:1226 Device 6:* virtual.slot.2 - VIRTUALFLOPPY DRIVE Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v1226 Example 2:
#syscfg --bootseq=nic.emb.1,virtual.slot.1 The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C: Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
HddSeq or devseq
Table 22. SYSCFG Options Supported HddSeq or devseq
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names
separated by commas
On 12G and later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Description Sets the hard-drive sequence for a system. The first hard drive in the system will be the bootable C: drive in DOS/DOS-like operating systems. Without an argument, this option displays the device list. The argument must be formatted as a comma-separated numerical
44 SYSCFG
list of device index values. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list. For example, the low and high numbers must match. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to Bios and has no effect when bootmode is set to Uefi.
Some systems allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names. Systems that support device names also support replication of the boot order through the output file option. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb) , and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --devseq The following devices are set in the disk device sequence: Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices Device 2:* scsiraid.slot.3 - PERC 5/E Adapter(bus 02 dev 02) Device 3:* usbkey.slot.0 - Hard-disk-emulated USB flash drive Example 2:
A:>syscfg --devseq= hdd.emb.1,scsiraid.emb.1 The following devices are set in the disk device sequence: Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices Device 2:* scsiraid.emb.1 - AIC-7899, A:00 Seagate
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
Boot Settings You can manage the boot settings using the options in this group.
BootMode or bootmode
Table 23. BootMode or bootmode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: uefi, bios
On 12G and later systems: Uefi, Bios
Description Determines the boot mode of the system. Allows booting to Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) -capable operating systems or ensures compatibility with operating systems that do not support UEFI.
NOTE: If boot mode is modified, reboot the system before executing the OS installation scripts.
Example:
A:>syscfg --bootmode=uefi bootmode=uefi
SYSCFG 45
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G and later systems
BootSeqRetry or bootseqretry
Table 24. BootSeqRetry or bootseqretry
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the boot sequence retry feature. When set to enable, the system re- attempts to set the boot order after a 30-second time-out if the last boot attempt has failed. This option can be replicated.
A:>syscfg --bootseqretry=enable bootseqretry=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
HddFailover or hddfailover
Table 25. HddFailover or hddfailover
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, on
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Descriptionoff Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on, all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off, only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on hddfailover=on
Applicable Systems All systems except PowerEdge 12G systems.
SetBootOrderFqddn
Table 26. SetBootOrderFqddn
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: <string>
Description Displays the list of FQDDs representing the boot list to be applied on the next boot.
NOTE: The value of n in SetBootOrderFqddn can be 116.
46 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Table 27. SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: <string>
Description Displays the list of FQDDs representing the legacy hard-disk drive list to be applied on the next boot.
NOTE: The value of n in SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn can be 116.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
Integrated Devices You can use the options in this group to manage the integrated devices such as internal NIC and integrated USB.
EmbNic1 or embnic1
Table 28. EmbNic1 or embnic1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the first embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1=onnopxe embnic1=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SYSCFG 47
EmbNic1Nic2 or embnic1nic2
Table 29. EmbNic1Nic2 or embnic1nic2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the first and second embedded NIC controllers.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1nic2=enable --embnic1nic2=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
EmbNic2 or embnic2
Table 30. EmbNic2 or embnic2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the second embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic2=onnopxe embnic2=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EmbNic3 or embnic3
Table 31. EmbNic3 or embnic3
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the third embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is
48 SYSCFG
not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic3=onnopxe embnic3=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EmbNic3Nic4 or embnic3nic4
Table 32. EmbNic3Nic4 or embnic3nic4
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the third and fourth embedded NIC controllers.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EmbNic3Nic4=enable --embnic3nic4=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
EmbNic4 or embnic4
Table 33. EmbNic4 or embnic4
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the fourth embedded NIC on with PXE enabled, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have four embedded NICs. If the fourth NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the fourth NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems. This option can be replicated.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic4 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic4=onnopxe embnic4=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SYSCFG 49
EmbVideo or embvideoctrl
Table 34. EmbVideo or embvideoctrl
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the BIOS support for the Embedded Video Controller
Example:
A:>syscfg --embvideoctrl=enable embvideoctrl=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
IoatEngine or ioat
Table 35. IoatEngine or ioat
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the I/O Acceleration Technology (I/OAT) DMA Engine option. This option must be enabled only if the hardware and software support I/OAT on your system. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ioat=enabled ioat=enabled
IntegratedNetwork1
Table 36. IntegratedNetwork1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 1.
NOTE: If set to DisabledOs, the Integrated NICs may still be available for shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled
50 SYSCFG
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
IntegratedNetwork2
Table 37. IntegratedNetwork2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 2.
NOTE: If set to DisabledOs, the Integrated NICs may still be available for shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
IntegratedRaid or integratedraid
Table 38. IntegratedRaid or integratedraid
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the integrated RAID controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --integratedraid=disable integratedraid=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
IntegratedSas or integratedsas
Table 39. IntegratedSas or integratedsas
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the integrated SAS controller. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 51
Example:
A:>syscfg --integratedsas=enable integratedsas=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
InternalSdCard or embsdcard
Table 40. InternalSdCard or embsdcard
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Enables or disables the embedded SD card port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcard=off embsdcard=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
InternalSdCardRedundancy or embsdcardredundancy
Table 41. InternalSdCardRedundancy or embsdcardredundancy
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: mirrormode, disable
On 12G and later systems: Mirror, Disabled
Description Sets the internal SD card port redundancy to Mirror mode or Disabled.
When set to Mirror mode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital (SD) cards. When one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data of the active card is copied to the offline card.
When set to Disabled, read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.
NOTE: On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
52 SYSCFG
InternalUsb or internalusb
Table 42. InternalUsb or internalusb
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, on
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusb=on internalusb=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
InternalUsb1 or internalusbport1
Table 43. InternalUsb1 or internalusbport1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port 1on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusbport1=on internalusbport1=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
InternalUsb2 or internalusbport2
Table 44. InternalUsb2 or internalusbport2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port 2 on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusbport2=on internalusbport2=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 53
OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer
Table 45. OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Aids in the recovery of the operating system when the system stops responding. When this option is set to enable, the operating system is allowed to initialize the timer. When set to disable (the default), the timer has no effect on the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --oswatchdogtimer=enable oswatchdogtimer=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SriovGlobalEnable or sriov
Table 46. SriovGlobalEnable or sriov
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables support for Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) devices.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sriov=disable sriov=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
UsbPorts or usbports
Table 47. UsbPorts or usbports
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, enablebackonly, disable
On 12G and later systems: AllOn, OnlyBackPortsOn, AllOff
Description Enables or disables USB ports. When set to enable, it enables all user accessible USB ports. When set to enablebackonlyor OnlyBackPortsOn, the front user-accessible ports are disabled. When set to disable or AllOff, both front and back user accessible ports are disabled. This option can be replicated.
54 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --usbports=enable usbports=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
MmioAbove4Gb
Table 48. MmioAbove4Gb
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description This field helps in enabling support for PCIe devices that require large amount of memory. Enable this option only for 64-bit operating systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled
Usb3Setting
Table 49. Usb3Setting
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: Auto, Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the USB 3.0 port.
Auto USB ports operate at USB 2.0 speed.
Enabled USB ports operates at USB 3.0 speed.
Disabled USB 3.0 host controller is disabled and the speed is set to USB 2.0.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Usb3Setting=Auto Usb3Setting=Auto
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems
CurrentEmbVideoState
Table 50. CurrentEmbVideoState
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
SYSCFG 55
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current state of the Embedded Video Controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CurrentEmbVideoState CurrentEmbVideoState=xxx
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Table 51. InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: SdCard1, SdCard2
Description Sets an internal SD card as the primary SD card.
A:>syscfg --InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1 InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1
IscsiDev1ConnChapType
Table 52. IscsiDev1Con
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: OneWay, Mutual
Description Sets the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnChapType can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis
Table 53. IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis can be 1 or 2.
56 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnEnDis
Table 54. IscsiDev1ConnEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Sets the configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnEnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnInterface
Table 55. IscsiDev1ConnInterface
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: <FQDD name>
Description Displays the NIC interface of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnInterface can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Interface IscsiDev1Con1Interface=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnProtocol
Table 56. IscsiDev1ConnProtocol
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: IPv4, IPv6
Description Displays the IP used for the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnProtocol can be 1 or 2.
SYSCFG 57
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Protocol IscsiDev1Con1Interface=IPv4
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnTimeout
Table 57. IscsiDev1ConnTimeout
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: <integer>
Description Sets the time-out of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnTimeout can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Timeout=XXXX IscsiDev1Con1Timeout=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis
Table 58. IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnVlanId
Table 59. IscsiDev1ConnVlanId
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: <integer>
Description Displays the virtual LAN (VLAN) ID of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnVlanId can be 1 or 2.
58 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanId IscsiDev1Con1VlanId=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnAuth
Table 60. IscsiDev1ConnAuth
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: None, Chap
Description Sets the authentication type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnAuth can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
Network Settings You can manage the system network settings using the options in this group.
PxeDevnEnDis
Table 61. PxeDevnEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) device. When enabled, a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) boot option is created for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnEnDis can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
SYSCFG 59
PxeDevnInterface
Table 62. PxeDevnInterface
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the NIC interface used for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnInterface can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Interface
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnProtocol
Table 63. PxeDevnProtocol
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the IP version used for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanId can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Protocol
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnVlanEnDis
Table 64. PxeDevnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanEnDis can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
60 SYSCFG
PxeDevnVlanId
Table 65. PxeDevnVlanId
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: <integer>
Description Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanId can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanId=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnVlanPriority
Table 66. PxeDevnVlanPriority
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: <integer>
Description Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) priority of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanPriority can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanPriority=X PxeDev1VlanPriority=X
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
HttpDevnInterface
Table 67. HttpDevnInterface
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: NIC.Integrated.1-1-1, NIC.Integrated.1-2-1, NIC.Integrated.1-3-1, NIC.Integrated.1-4-1
Description The NIC interface used for HTTP device. The value of n in HttpDevnInterface can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-2-1 HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1
SYSCFG 61
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
HttpDevnProtocol
Table 68. HttpDevnProtocol
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: IPv4, IPv6
Description Determines whether the Internet Protocol version 4 older version or the Internet Protocol version 6 the newest version is used for this device. The value of n in HttpDevnProtocol can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4 HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
HttpDevnVlanEnDis
Table 69. HttpDevnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Set the field to Enabled if your DNS or HTTP servers reside on a Virtual LAN (VLAN). The value of n in HttpDevnVlanEnDis can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
HttpDevnVlanId
Table 70. HttpDevnVlanId
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When VLAN is enabled, identifies which of the 4094 possible VLANs contains the desired DNS or HTTP servers. This value can be 1 4094 inclusive. Where n is from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev2VlanId=Enabled
62 SYSCFG
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
Memory Settings You can manage the memory-related configuration settings using the objects in this group.
CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify
Table 71. CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Correctable ECC SMIs. When enabled, the SMIs report the Correctable ECC errors.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CorrEccSmi=Enabled CorrEccSmi=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
DynamicCoreAllocation
Table 72. DynamicCoreAllocation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the operating system capability to maintain the logical processors in the idle state to reduce power consumption.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
MemOpMode or memoperatingmode
Table 73. MemOpMode or memoperatingmode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: optimizer, mirror, advancedecc
SYSCFG 63
On 12G and later systems: OptimizerMode, SpareMode, MirrorMode, AdvEccMode, SpareWithAdvEccMode
Description Selects the memory operating mode. This feature is active only if a valid memory configuration is detected. When OptimizerMode is enabled, the DRAM controllers operate independently in 64-bit mode and provide optimized memory performance. When MirrorMode is enabled, only half of the installed memory is reported as available to the operating system. When AdvECCMode is enabled, the two DRAM controllers are combined in 128-bit mode to provide optimized reliability. Memory that cannot be teamed by the controllers is not reported to the operating system. When SpareMode is enabled, the memory size reported to the operating system does not include the spare portion.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memoperatingmode=optimizer memoperatingmode=optimizer
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage
Table 74. MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: auto, 1.5
On 12G and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V
Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection. When set to AutoVolt(default value), the system automatically sets the voltage to the optimal setting based upon the DIMM capability and the installed DIMM population. This option also enables setting the system DIMM voltage to a higher (1.5V) setting if the DIMMs support multiple voltages and have been set to a lower voltage.
NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dimmvoltage=auto dimmvoltage=auto
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
MemTest or memtest
Table 75. MemTest or memtest
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the POST extended memory test.
64 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemTest=Enabled MemTest=Enabled
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
NodeInterleave or nodeinterleave
Table 76. NodeInterleave or nodeinterleave
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables node interleaving, if the system is configured with matching memory. If set to disable (default), the system supports Non-Uniform Memory (NUMA) architecture memory configurations. This field is active only if the memory configuration can support node interleaving.
NOTE: The nodeinterleave option is same as memintleave option. For more information, see memintleave.
Example:
A:>syscfg --nodeinterleave=enable nodeinterleave=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
redmem
Table 77. redmem
Valid Arguments off, spare, mirror, DDDC
Description Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off
Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series processor
SerialDbgOut
Table 78. SerialDbgOut
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
SYSCFG 65
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the RC/MRC Serial debug output.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SerialDbgOut=Enabled SerialDbgOut=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SysMemSize or mem
Table 79. SysMemSize or mem
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of main memory in the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --mem mem=500
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems.
SnoopMode or snoopfilter
Table 80. SnoopMode or snoopfilter
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the snoop filter option from the system BIOS.
Example:
A:>syscfg --snoopfilter=enable snoopfilter=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SysMemSpeed
Table 81. SysMemSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
66 SYSCFG
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the clock frequency of the main memory.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemSpeed
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SysMemType
Table 82. SysMemType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the type of main memory installed in the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemType
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SysMemVolt
Table 83. SysMemVolt
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the voltage of the main memory.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemVolt
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
VideoMem
Table 84. VideoMem
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the total amount of video memory available to the embedded video controller.
SYSCFG 67
Example:
A:>syscfg --VideoMem
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
ClusterOnDie
Table 85. ClusterOnDie
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Cluster On Die option. When enabled, the feature enhances the performance of the system with two caching agents.
A:>syscfg --ClusterOnDie=Enabled ClusterOnDie=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
RedundantOsLocation
Table 86. RedundantOsLocation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
Description Specifies the backup device for the Redundant OS Control feature. When Redundant OS Boot is set to Enabled, the BIOS will boot to this device.
NOTE: In order for the devices and slots listed below to show up as optional backup devices, their settings must be as shown:
SD Card Port -- On Internal USB Port -- On Embedded SATA -- anything other than Off PCIe Slot Disablement -- Enabled
Example:
A:>syscfg --RedundantOsLocation
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems.
Miscellaneous Settings You can manage the miscellaneous settings using the options in this group.
68 SYSCFG
AssetTag or asset
Table 87. AssetTag or asset
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Reports or sets the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This value can be replicated.
NOTE: The Asset Tag is a string assigned to a system, usually by an administrator, for security or tracking purposes. The Asset Tag can be up to 10 characters long and can contain only printable US-ASCII characters. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example:
A:>syscfg --asset=<ASSETTAG> asset=ASSETTAG
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems except Blade systems
ErrPrompt or f1f2promptonerror
Table 88. ErrPrompt or f1f2promptonerror
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the BIOS to prompt F1 or F2 error codes.
Example:
A:>syscfg --f1f2promptonerror=enable f1f2promptonerror=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G and later systems
InSystemCharacterization
Table 89. InSystemCharacterization
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled
Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until
SYSCFG 69
the next system restart. The OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled, ISC does not run.
Example:
A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
NumLock or numlock
Table 90. NumLock or numlock
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the keyboard number lock on or off. This option is not replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --numlock=on numlock=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ForceInt10
Table 91. ForceInt10
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Determines whether the system BIOS loads the legacy video (INT 10h) option ROM from the video controller or not. Set to Enabled if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards.
NOTE: This field is supported only in UEFI boot mode. This field cannot be set to Enabled if UEFI SecureBoot is enabled.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ForceInt10=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
InSystemCharacterization
Table 92. InSystemCharacterization
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
70 SYSCFG
On 12G and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled
Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until the next system restart. The OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled, ISC does not run.
Example:
A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
ReportKbdErr or rptkeyerr
Table 93. ReportKbdErr or rptkeyerr
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Report, Noreport
Description Enables or disables the BIOS to report keyboard errors during POST. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --rptkeyerr=disable rptkeyerr=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
DellAutoDiscovery
Table 94. DellAutoDiscovery
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: PlatformDefault, AutoDiscovery, ManualControl
Description Allow BIOS to dynamically scan for PCIe devices rather than relying strictly on system slot definitions. The Platform Default setting will strictly follow the system slot definitions when configuring each PCIe slot.
The Auto Discovery setting will analyze the installed PCIe cards and determine the correct configuration for each slot. This may include bifurcation of the slot for multiple devices. Manual Control allows the user to override bifurcation settings for each slot.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DellAutoDiscovery=PlatformDefault DellAutoDiscovery=AutoDiscovery
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
SYSCFG 71
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess
Table 95. DellWyseP25BIOSAcess
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description This field enables or disables Remote user to access BIOS Setup via Dell Wyse P25/P45 Portal. If P25/P45 BIOS Access is turned OFF, it cannot be turned back on remotely from the P25/P45. Turning this feature OFF will also prevent keyboard and mouse access to Diagnostics, Boot Options, and other Pre-OS functionality.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
One-Time Boot You can manage the one time boot settings using the options in this group.
OneTimeBootMode
Table 96. OneTimeBootMode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Disabled, OneTimeBootSeq, OneTimeHddSeq, OneTimeUefiBoot Seq, OneTimeCustomBootSeqStr, OneTimeCustomH ddSeqStr, OneTimeCustomU efiBootSeqStr
Description Allows to set the one-time boot sequence.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootMode=Disabled OneTimeBootMode=Disabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot
Table 97. OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: <valid device name> (from the bootseq option device list)
72 SYSCFG
On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available device names. For more information, see --bootmode . This option is not replicated. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
OneTimeHddSeqDev
Table 98. OneTimeHddSeqDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Determines the one-time boot hard disk when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to BIOS Hard-Disk Drive Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeHddSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 73
OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Table 99. OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Determines the one-time boot device when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to UEFI Boot Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to BIOS, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to UEFI when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Processor Settings You can manage the processor settings using the options in this group.
DataReuse or datareuse
Table 100. DataReuse or datareuse
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables (default value) or disables data reuse in cache. Set to enable for High Performance Computing (HPC) applications. Set to disable for energy efficiency. This option can be replicated.
A:>syscfg --datareuse=enable datareuse=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
74 SYSCFG
DcuIpPrefetcher
Table 101. DcuIpPrefetcher
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables (default value) or disables DCU IP Prefetcher.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
DcuStreamerPrefetcher or dcustreamerprefetcher
Table 102. DcuStreamerPrefetcher or dcustreamerprefetcher
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables DCU Streamer Prefetcher. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dcustreamerprefetcher=enable dcustreamerprefetcher=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
LogicalProc or logicproc
Table 103. LogicalProc or logicproc
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the logical processors of a system. When this option is set to Enabled (default value), the BIOS reports all logical processors. When set to Disabled, the BIOS only reports one logical processor per core. Each processor core supports maximum two logical processors. This option is available on all systems that support logical processing (Hyperthreading).
This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 75
Example:
A:>syscfg --logicproc=enable logicproc=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
Proc1Brand
Table 104. Proc1Brand
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc1Id
Table 105. Proc1Id
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc1L2Cache
Table 106. Proc1L2Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
76 SYSCFG
Proc1L3Cache
Table 107. Proc1L3Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc1NumCores
Table 108. Proc1NumCores
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2Brand
Table 109. Proc2Brand
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 77
Proc2Id
Table 110. Proc2Id
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2L2Cache
Table 111. Proc2L2Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2L3Cache
Table 112. Proc2L3Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
78 SYSCFG
Proc2NumCores
Table 113. Proc2NumCores
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3Brand
Table 114. Proc3Brand
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3Id
Table 115. Proc3Id
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 79
Proc3L2Cache
Table 116. Proc3L2Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3L3Cache
Table 117. Proc3L3Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3NumCores
Table 118. Proc3NumCores
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
80 SYSCFG
Proc4Brand
Table 119. Proc4Brand
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4Id
Table 120. Proc4Id
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4L2Cache
Table 121. Proc4L2Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 81
Proc4L3Cache
Table 122. Proc4L3Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4NumCores
Table 123. Proc4NumCores
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc64bit
Table 124. Proc64bit
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Specifies if the installed processor supports 64-bit extensions or not.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc64bit
Applicable Systems On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems.
82 SYSCFG
ProcAdjCacheLine or adjcacheprefetch
Table 125. ProcAdjCacheLine or adjcacheprefetch
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Enable, Disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled (default), the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of sequential memory access. When set to Disabled, the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of random memory access.
Example:
A:>syscfg --adjcacheprefetch=enable adjcacheprefetch=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcBusSpeed
Table 126. ProcBusSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the bus speed of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcBusSpeed
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
ProcCores or cpucore
Table 127. ProcCores or cpucore
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16,
all
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: single, all, dual, quad, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Description Controls the number of enabled cores in each processor. The default value is set to the maximum number of cores per processor. The number of cores depends on the processor. Reading the cpucore that is set to the highest value of number of cores displays as all.
For example, if six-core CPU is installed, after setting to the highest value, 6, when you read the cpucore, it displays as all.
SYSCFG 83
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpucore=1 cpucore=1
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcCoreSpeed
Table 128. ProcCoreSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the clock speed of the processors.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcCoreSpeed
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
ProcExecuteDisable or cpuxdsupport
Table 129. ProcExecuteDisable or cpuxdsupport
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Execute Disable Memory Protection Technology feature of the CPU.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpuxdsupport=enable cpuxdsupport=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems running on Intel processors.
ProcHwPrefetcher or hwprefetcher
Table 130. ProcHwPrefetcher or hwprefetcher
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the hardware prefetcher. Processor preempts what data might be needed next, when set to enable. When some data is found, it loads several steps in advance.
84 SYSCFG
Processor does not preempt, when set to disable.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hwprefetcher=enable hwprefetcher=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcVirtualization or virtualization
Table 131. ProcVirtualization or virtualization
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables virtualization in the CPU. When set to enable, it enables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology in applicable CPUs.
When set to disable, it disables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --virtualization=enable virtualization=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
QpiBandwidthPriority or qpibandwidthpriority
Table 132. QpiBandwidthPriority or qpibandwidthpriority
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: compute, io
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: InputOutput, Compute
Description Sets the bandwidth priority to compute or io. Set to compute for computation-intensive applications. Set to io for I/O intensive applications. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --qpibandwidthpriority=compute qpibandwidthpriority=compute
Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 85
QpiSpeed
Table 133. QpiSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxDataRate, 9GTps, 8GTps, 7GTps, 6GTps
Description Sets the speed of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --QpiSpeed=8GTps QpiSpeed=8GTps
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
RtidSetting
Table 134. RtidSetting
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, it allocates more (Requestor Transaction IDs) RTIDs to the remote socket thereby increasing cache performance between the sockets.
Example:
A:>syscfg --RtidSetting=Enabled RtidSetting=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcnControlledTurbo
Table 135. ProcnControlledTurbo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Disabled, ControlledTurboLimit, ControlledTurboLimitMinus1, ControlledTurboLimitMinus2, ControlledTurboLimitMinus3
Description Controls the turbo engagement. Enable this option only if SysProfile is set to
PerfOptimized.
NOTE: The value of n in ProcnControlledTurbo can be 14.
86 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1ControlledTurbo=Disabled
ProcConfigTdp
Table 136. ProcConfigTdp
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Nominal, Level1, Level2
Description Configures the Thermal Design Power (TDP).
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcConfigTdp=Nominal ProcConfigTdp=Nominal
ProcX2Apic
Table 137. ProcX2Apic
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the x2APIC mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcX2Apic=Enabled ProcX2Apic=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SATA Settings You can manage the BIOS SATA settings using the options in this group.
EmbSata or embsataraid
Table 138. EmbSata or embsataraid
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: off, combined, ata, ahci,
raid, qdma
SYSCFG 87
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, AtaMode, RaidMode, AhciMode
Description Configures an embedded SATA RAID controller. This option can be replicated.
off /Off disables the embedded SATA RAID controller.
combined sets the SATA RAID controller to combined mode.
ata/ AtaMode sets SATA RAID controller to ATA mode.
ahci/ AhciMode sets ATA RAID controller to ahci mode.
raid/RaidMode sets SATA RAID controller to RAID mode.
qdma sets the SATA RAID controller to support ATAPI devices at transfer rates much higher than PIO. A device driver must be installed on your system to use the QDMA mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsataraid=off embsataraid=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
eSataPort1
Table 139. eSataPort1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Sets the embedded SATA port1 to auto or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1=Off eSataPort1=Off
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
eSataPort1Capacity
Table 140. eSataPort1Capacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Capacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
88 SYSCFG
eSataPort1DriveType
Table 141. eSataPort1DriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the embedded SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1DriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
eSataPort1Model
Table 142. eSataPort1Model
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Model
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
SataPortA or sata0
Table 143. SataPortA or sata0
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Sets the drive type of the selected device to off or auto This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata0=auto sata0=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SYSCFG 89
SataPortACapacity
Table 144. SataPortACapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortACapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortADriveType
Table 145. SataPortADriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortADriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortAModel
Table 146. SataPortAModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortAModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
90 SYSCFG
SataPortB or sata1
Table 147. SataPortB or sata1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Auto, Off
Description Turns the SATA port 1 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata1=auto sata1=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortBCapacity
Table 148. SataPortBCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortBDriveType
Table 149. SataPortBDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 91
SataPortBModel
Table 150. SataPortBModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortC or Sata2
Table 151. SataPortC or Sata2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 2 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata2=auto sata2=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortCCapacity
Table 152. SataPortCCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
92 SYSCFG
SataPortCDriveType
Table 153. SataPortCDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortCModel
Table 154. SataPortCModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortD or sata3
Table 155. SataPortD or sata3
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Auto, Off
Description Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata3=auto sata3=auto
Description Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 93
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata3=auto sata3=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortDCapacity
Table 156. SataPortDCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortDDriveType
Table 157. SataPortDDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortDModel
Table 158. SataPortDModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDModel
94 SYSCFG
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortE or sata4
Table 159. SataPortE or sata4
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 4 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata4=auto sata4=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortECapacity
Table 160. SataPortECapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortECapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortEDriveType
Table 161. SataPortEDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortEDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 95
SataPortEModel
Table 162. SataPortEModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortEModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortF or sata5
Table 163. SataPortF or sata5
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 5 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata5=auto sata5=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortFCapacity
Table 164. SataPortFCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
96 SYSCFG
SataPortFDriveType
Table 165. SataPortFDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortFModel
Table 166. SataPortFModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortG or sata6
Table 167. SataPortG or sata6
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 6 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata6=auto sata6=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems.
SYSCFG 97
SataPortGCapacity
Table 168. SataPortGCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortGDriveType
Table 169. SataPortGDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortGModel
Table 170. SataPortGModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
98 SYSCFG
SataPortH or sata7
Table 171. SataPortH or sata7
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortHCapacity
Table 172. SataPortHCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHCapacity
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SataPortHDriveType
Table 173. SataPortHDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 99
SataPortHModel
Table 174. SataPortHModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortI or sata7
Table 175. SataPortI or sata7
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortICapacity
Table 176. SataPortICapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortICapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
100 SYSCFG
SataPortIDriveType
Table 177. SataPortIDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortIDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortIModel
Table 178. SataPortIModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortJ or sata7
Table 179. SataPortJModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SYSCFG 101
SataPortJCapacity
Table 180. SataPortJCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortJDriveType
Table 181. SataPortJDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortJModel
Table 182. SataPortJModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
102 SYSCFG
SecurityFreezeLock
Table 183. SecurityFreezeLock
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Sends the Security Freeze Lock command to the embedded SATA drives during power-on self-test (POST). The option is applicable only to ATA and AHCI, and not to RAID.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
Serial Communication You can manage the serial port settings using the options in this group.
ConTermType or conterm
Table 184. ConTermType or conterm
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: vt100, ansi
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Vt100, Vt220, Ansi
Description Sets the console terminal type. On some systems, vt100 may also set the terminal type to vt220. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --conterm=vt100 conterm=vt100
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
ExtSerialConnector or extserial
Table 185. ExtSerialConnector or extserial
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: com1, com2, rad
SYSCFG 103
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Serial1, Serial2, RemoteAccDeviceDescription
Description Sets the behavior of the external serial connector. When set to com1 , the BIOS maps the external serial connector to COM port 1. The com1 setting is the default.
When set to com2 , the external serial connector is routed to the COM2 interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system (COM2) and the remote access device.
When set to rad , the external serial connector is routed to the remote access device interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system (COM2) and the remote access device.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --extserial=com1 extserial=com1 The --serialcomm option can be used with the external serial (--extserial) option instead of the --conred (available on systems earlier than PowerEdge 9G systems) option.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems except Blade systems.
FailSafeBaud or fsbr
Table 186. FailSafeBaud or fsbr
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: 115200, 57600, 19200,
9600
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: 115200, 57600, 19200, 9600
Description Sets the console redirection fail safe baud rate in bps. The BIOS attempts to determine the baud rate automatically. This failsafe baud rate is used only if the attempt fails.
Example:
A:>syscfg --fsbr=9600 fsbr=9600
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
RedirAfterBoot
Table 187. RedirAfterBoot
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Sets the BIOS console redirection to enable or disable when the operating system is loaded.
104 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --RedirAfterBoot=Enabled RedirAfterBoot=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SerialComm or serialcomm
Table 188. SerialComm or serialcomm
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: on, com1cr, com2cr, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: OnNoConRedir, OnConRedirCom1, OnConRedirCom2, Off
Description Enables or disables the serial communication devices (Serial Device 1 and Serial Device 2) in BIOS.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SerialComm=OnNoConRedir SerialComm=OnNoConRedir
Applicable Systems All Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SerialPortAddress or serialportaddrsel
Table 189. SerialPortAddress or serialportaddrsel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: default, alternate
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Serial1Com1Serial2Com2, Serial1Com2Serial2Com1, Com1, Com2
Description Sets the port address of the serial devices.
On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, when this option is default, Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 1 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 2.
On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, when this option is alternate, Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 2 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 1.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serialportaddrsel=default serialportaddrsel=default
Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 105
Slot Disablement You can manage the slot disablement settings using the options in this group.
Slotn
Table 190. Slotn
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, BootDriverDisabled
Description Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot.
NOTE: The value of n in Slotn can be 110.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Slot1=Enabled Slot1=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SlotnBif
Table 191. SlotnBif
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G: x16, x4, x8, x4x4x8, x8x4x4
Description Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot. Where the value of n in Slotn can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Slot1Bif=x8
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
System Information You can view the system configuration details using the options in this group.
106 SYSCFG
SysMfrContactInfo
Table 192. SysMfrContactInfo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the information for contacting the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMfrContactInfo
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SystemBiosVersion or biosver
Table 193. SystemBiosVersion or biosver
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the current revision of the system BIOS firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --biosver
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SystemManufacturer
Table 194. SystemManufacturer
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the name of the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemManufacturer
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 107
SystemModelName
Table 195. SystemModelName
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the product name of the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemModelName
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SystemServiceTag or svctag or syssvctag
Table 196. SystemServiceTag or svctag or syssvctag
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the system service tag (a unique identifier assigned by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system).
NOTE: The syssvctag option reports the system service tag on a Blade system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --svctag
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SystemMeVersion
Table 197. SystemMeVersion
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only
Description Displays the version of the Management Engine firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemMeVersion
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems
108 SYSCFG
UefiComplianceVersion
Table 198. UefiComplianceVersion
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the UEFI compliance level of the system firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UefiComplianceVersion
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
System Profile Settings You can manage the system profile settings using the options in this group.
CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
Table 199. CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, the operating system demand based power management (OS DBPM) and system demand based power management (System DBPM) controls the CPU power management. This feature can be enabled only when CPU power management (ProcPwrPerf) is set to system DBPM in Custom mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
MemFrequency or memorypowermode
Table 200. MemFrequency or memorypowermode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: min, 978, 800, 1067,
1333, max
SYSCFG 109
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPerf, 2133MHz, 1866MHz, 1600MHz, 1333MHz, 1067MHz, 800MHz, MaxReliability
Description Sets the speed of system memory.
NOTE: On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, memorypowermode is a suboption of Power.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemFrequency=MaxPerf MemFrequency=MaxPerf
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
MemPatrolScrub
Table 201. MemPatrolScrub
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Standard, Extended, Disabled
Description Sets the Memory Patrol Scrub frequency as Standard Mode, Extended Mode, or Disabled.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemPatrolScrub=Standard MemPatrolScrub=Standard
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
MemRefreshRate
Table 202. MemRefreshRate
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: 1x, 2x
Description Sets the Memory Refresh Rate as 1x or 2x
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemRefreshRate=1x MemRefreshRate=1x
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
110 SYSCFG
MemVolt
Table 203. MemVolt
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V, Volt135V
NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt and Volt135V represents 1.35 Volts.
Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemVolt=AutoVolt MemVolt=AutoVolt
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
MonitorMwait
Table 204. MonitorMwait
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables Monitor/Mwait instructions. You can disable Monitor/Mwait only when C state is disabled in Custom mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MonitorMwait=Enabled MonitorMwait=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
PowerSaver
Table 205. PowerSaver
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power-saving Dell Active Power Controller (DAPC) algorithm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PowerSaver=Enabled PowerSaver=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 111
ProcC1E or cpucle
Table 206. ProcC1E or cpucle
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables C1-E. By default, it is enabled. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpucle=enable cpucle=enable
Applicable Systems On Dells 11th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems
ProcCStates or cstates
Table 207. ProcCStates /or cstates
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems
: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power c states of the processor. When enabled, the processor can operate in all available power states.
A:>syscfg --cstates=enable cstates=enable
Applicable Systems On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcPwrPerf or cpupowermode
Table 208. ProcPwrPerf or cpupowermode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: min, max, osdbpm,
systemdbpm
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPerf, MinPwr, SysDbpm, OsDbpm
Description Sets CPU Power Management to maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or System DBPM (DAPC).
NOTE: The cpupowermode option is a suboption of Power.
112 SYSCFG
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcTurboMode or turbomode
Table 209. ProcTurboMode or turbomode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables core-based turbo mode. Turbo mode is a feature on Intel processors that allows one processor core to increase the frequency by one bin whenever the other core has gone into an idle state. When enabled, the processor can operate in Turbo Boost Mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --turbomode=enable --turbomode=enable
Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems running on Intel processors
SysProfile or profile
Table 210. SysProfile or profile
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: maxperformance, osctl,
apc, custom
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: PerfPerWatt OptimizedOs, PerfPerWatt OptimizedDapc, PerfOptimized, Custom, DenseCfg Optimized
Description Configures the system power profile. When set to a mode other than custom, BIOS will set each option accordingly. When set to custom, you can change setting of each option.
NOTE: On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, profile is a sub-option of power.
Example:
A:>syscfg --profile=maxperformance profile=maxperformance
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EnergyEfficientTurbo
Table 211. EnergyEfficientTurbo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
SYSCFG 113
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Energy Efficient Turbo (EET). EET is a mode of operation where the core frequency of a processor is adjusted within the turbo range based on workload.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcnTurboCoreNum
Table 212. ProcnTurboCoreNum
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: All, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Description Sets the number of Turbos Boost-enabled cores for a processor. By default, the maximum number of cores per processor is enabled.
NOTE: The value of n in ProcnTurboCoreNum can be 03.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1TurboCoreNum=6 Proc1TurboCoreNum=6
EnergyPerformanceBias
Table 213. EnergyPerformanceBias
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPower, BalancedPerformance, BalancedEfficiency, LowPower
Description Sets the Energy Efficient Policy. The CPU uses this setting to control the internal behavior of the processor and to determine whether to target higher performance or better power savings.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EnergyPerformanceBias=MaxPower
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
114 SYSCFG
UncoreFrequency
Table 214. UncoreFrequency
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: DynamicUFS, MaxUFS, MinUFS
Description Sets the processor uncore frequency. Dynamic mode allows the processor to optimize power resources across the cores and uncore during runtime. The optimization of the uncore frequency to either save power or to optimize the performance is dependent on the EnergyPerformanceBias option setting.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UncoreFrequency=DynamicUFS
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
System Security You can manage the system security properties of the BIOS using the options in this group.
AcPwrRcvry or acpower
Table 215. AcPwrRcvry acpower
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: on, off, last
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: On, Off, Last
Description Sets the behavior for the system after AC power is lost. This option specifies how the system responds to the restoration of AC power and is particularly useful in systems that are turned off using a power strip. When set to on, the system turns on after AC is restored. When set to off, the system does not turn on after AC is restored. When set to last, the system turns on if the system was on when AC power was lost; if the system was off when AC power was lost, the system remains off when power is restored. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --acpower=on acpower=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
AcPwrRcvryDelay
Table 216. AcPwrRcvryDelay
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
SYSCFG 115
On 12G and later systems: Immediate, User, Random
Description Specifies how the system supports the staggering of power-up after AC power has been restored to the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
Table 217. AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: <integer>
Description Controls the user defined AC Recovery Delay. The delay must be in the range of 60 seconds to 240 seconds.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60 AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
AesNi
Table 218. AesNi
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Displays the current status of Intel Processor AES-NI feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AesNi=Enabled AesNi=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
116 SYSCFG
IntelTxt or inteltxt
Table 219. IntelTxt or inteltxt
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the Trusted Execution Technology on or off. To enable Intel TXT, VT must be enabled, and the TPM must be enabled with pre-boot measurements and activated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --inteltxt=enable inteltxt=enable
NOTE: To enable the Intel TXT option in a supported processor, make sure that the:
Virtualization technology in Processor setting is enabled.
TPM module is installed and initialed as OK by BIOS.
TPM security in System security is set to on with pre-boot measurements.
User password is not set.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G and later systems with Intel processors.
NmiButton or nmibutton
Table 220. NmiButton or nmibutton
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) button on the front panel. The NMI button can be used to alert the operating system in certain cases.
NOTE: This option configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.
Example:
A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable nmibutton=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
PasswordStatus or pwdlock
Table 221. PasswordStatus or pwdlock
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: lock, unlock
SYSCFG 117
On 12G and later systems: Locked, Unlocked
Description Locks the system password. To prevent the system password from being modified, set this option to lockedand enable setup password. This field also prevents the system password from being disabled by the user while the system boots.
Example:
A:>syscfg --pwdlock=lock pwdlock=lock
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
PwrButton or powerbutton
Table 222. PwrButton or powerbutton
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power button on the front panel.
Example:
A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable powerbutton=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SetupPassword or setuppwd
Table 223. SetupPassword or setuppwd
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Sets the setup password for the BIOS. The setup password locks the BIOS F2 screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current setup password is set, it must be given through the oldsetuppwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .
Example:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system. Example 2:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
118 SYSCFG
Example 3:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SysPassword or syspwd
Table 224. SysPassword or syspwd
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Sets the system password for the BIOS. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current system password is set, it must be given through the oldsyspwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=password The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system. Example 2:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=password --oldsyspwd=password The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system .
NOTE: You cannot disable your password using DTK. To disable your password, you must use the system BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SystemCpldVersion
Table 225. SystemCpldVersion
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current revision of the Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) of the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemCpldVersion
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
SYSCFG 119
TcmActivation or tcmactivation
Table 226. TcmActivation or tcmactivation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, and nochange
On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate
Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM). This field is read-only when TCM Security is set to Off.
NOTE: The tcmactivation option is a sub-option of tcm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tcmactivation=enabled tcmactivation=enabled
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TcmClear or tcmclear
Table 227. TcmClear or tcmclear
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: Yes, No
On 13G systems: NA
Description CAUTION: Clearing the TCM will cause loss of all keys in the TCM. This could affect booting of the operating system.
When set to Yes, all the contents of the TCM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off.
NOTE: The tcmclear option is a sub-option of tcm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TcmClear=Yes TcmClear=Yes
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity
Table 228. TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Controls the reporting of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM) in the system.
120 SYSCFG
NOTE: The tcmsecurity option is a sub-option of tcm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tcmsecurity=on tcmsecurity=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
TpmActivation or tpmactivation
Table 229. TpmActivation or tpmactivation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, nochange
On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate
Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM). This field is read-only when TPM Security is set to Off.
NOTE: The tpmactivation option is a sub-option of tpm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmactivation=enabled tpmactivation=enabled
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TpmClear or tpmclear
Table 230. TpmClear or tpmclear
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G systems: Yes, No
Description CAUTION: Clearing the TPM will cause loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting of the operating system.
When set to Yes, all the contents of the TPM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off.
NOTE: The tpmclear option is a sub-option of tpm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmClear=Yes TpmClear=Yes
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
SYSCFG 121
TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity
Table 231. TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, onwithpbm, onwithoutpbm
On 12G and later systems: Off, OnPbm, OnNoPbm
Description Controls the reporting of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) in the system.
NOTE: The tpmsecurity option is a sub-option of tpm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmsecurity=off tpmsecurity=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
TpmStatus
Table 232. TpmStatus
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current status of TPM.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmStatus
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
TpmInfo
Table 233. TpmInfo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the TPM type and firmware version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmInfo
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
122 SYSCFG
TpmCommand
Table 234. TpmCommand
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: None, Activate, Deactivate, Clear
Description Configures the Trusted Platform Module (TPM).
None
Commands are not sent to the TPM.
Activate TPM is enabled.
Deactivate TPM is disabled.
Clear All the contents of TPM are cleared.
NOTE: This field is read-only when TpmSecurityis set to Off.
CAUTION: Clearing TPM results in loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting to operating system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmCommand=Activate
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SecureBoot
Table 235. SecureBoot
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled.
Description Enables the BootSeqRetry feature. When set to Enabled, the system re-attempts the boot sequence after a 30-second timeout, if the last boot attempt has failed.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBoot=Enabled SecureBoot=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
SecureBootPolicy
Table 236. SecureBootPolicy
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
SYSCFG 123
On 12G and later systems: Standard, Custom
Description Sets the process to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Standard, the BIOS uses the system manufacturer keys and certificates to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Custom, the BIOS uses user-defined keys and certificates. The default value is Standard.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBootPolicy=Standard SecureBootPolicy=Standard
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
UefiVariableAccess
Table 237. UefiVariableAccess
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: Standard, Controlled
Description Secures the UEFI variables. When set to Standard, the UEFI variables are accessible from the operating system as per the UEFI specification. When set to Controlled, selected UEFI variables are protected in the operating system and new UEFI boot entries are pushed to the end of the current boot order.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UefiVariableAccess=Standard UefiVariableAccess=Standard
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SecureBootMode
Table 238. SecureBootMode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: UserMode, DeployedMode.
Description This feature configures the BIOS uses the Secure Boot Policy Objects PK, KEK, db, dbx. In Setup Mode and Audit Mode, PK is not present, and BIOS does not authenticate programmatic updates to the policy objects.
In User Mode and Deployed Mode, PK is present, and BIOS performs signature verification on programmatic attempts to update policy objects.
Deployed Mode is the most secure mode. Use Setup, Audit, or User Mode when provisioning the system, then use Deployed Mode for normal operation. Available mode transitions depend on the current mode and PK presence.
In Audit Mode, the BIOS performs signature verification on preboot images and logs results in the Image Execution Information Table, but executes the images whether they pass or fail
124 SYSCFG
verification. Audit Mode is useful for programmatically determining a working set of policy objects.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBootMode=UserMode SecureBootMode=UserMode
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
TpmPpiBypassClear
Table 239. TpmPpiBypassClear
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: N/A
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) clear operations.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassClear=Enabled tpmPpiBypassClear=Enabled
Applicable Systems 14G PowerEdge systems.
TpmPpiBypassProvision
Table 240. TpmPpiBypassProvision
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: N/A
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) provisioning operations.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassProvision=Enabled tpmPpiBypassProvision=Enabled
Applicable Systems 14G PowerEdge systems.
UEFI Boot Settings You can manage the UEFI settings using the options in this group.
SYSCFG 125
UefiBootSeq
Table 241. UefiBootSeq
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G
: NA
On 12G and later systems
: list of device names separated by commas
Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a UEFI boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the UefiBootSeq. The first option in the list is attempted first. If the first option is not successful, the second option is attempted, and so on. The system attempts to launch only the enabled boot options and does not launch disabled boot options. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to UEFI and has no effect when bootmode is set to BIOS.
NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
DTKTORACADM The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments: Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER\windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts.
Table 242. DTKTORACADM Command on Windows Operating System
Valid Arguments dtktoracadm.exe or dtktoracadm.exe windows_scripts.lst debug Description On systems running Windows operating system, run the command, where windows_scripts.lst is the
input file which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
Table 243. DTKTORACADM Command on Linux Operating System
Valid Arguments python dtktoracadm.py or python dtktoracadm.py linux_scripts.lst debug Description On the system running Linux operating system, in the prompt type the command, where
linux_scripts.lst is the input which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
126 SYSCFG
The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map. For more information see, Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide or Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide. The following table lists the set of commands available:
Table 244. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP
lcp --domainname iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName
lcp --dnsracname iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName
lcp --dnsregisterrac iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister
--idractype iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy
--autoneg iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg
--gateway iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway
--ipaddress iDRAC.IPv4.Address
--macaddress iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres
--nicselectionfailover iDRAC.NIC.Failover
--subnetmask iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask
--vlanid iDRAC.NIC.VLanID
--dnsserver1v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1
--dnsserver2v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2
--gatewayv6 iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway
--ipv6address1 iDRAC.IPv6.Address1
--ipv6address2 iDRAC.IPv6.Address2
--linklocaladdrv6 iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress
--prefixlengthv6 iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength
--connectionmode iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode
--msgcommbitrate iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat
--msgcommflowctrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl
--tmcfghandshakectrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl
--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit
--tmcfgnewlineseq iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq
--solcharaccuminterval iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval
--solbitrate iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate
--solprivlevel iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege
--solcharsendthreshold iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold
BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
SYSCFG 127
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--BootSeqRetry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
--SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Integrated Devices --EmbVideo BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
--IoatEngine BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
--InternalUsb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
--OsWatchdogTimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
--Usb3Setting BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting
Memory Settings --DynamicCoreAllocation BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation
--CorrEccSmi BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi
--MemTest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
--NodeInterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
--memopmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
--videomem BIOS.memsettings.VideoMem
--sysmemvolt BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt
--sysmemtype BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType
--sysmemspeed BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed
--sysmemsize BIOS.memsettings.SysMemSize
--memoperatingmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
--ErrPrompt BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
--NumLock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
--ForceInt10 BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
--insystemcharacterization BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
Processor Settings --DcuIpPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
--ProcExecuteDisable BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
--RtidSetting BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
128 SYSCFG
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--ProcX2Apic BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
--cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
--cpuspeed BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--logicproc BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc
--proc1brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand
--proc1id BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id
--proc1l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache
--proc1l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache
--proc1numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores
--proc2brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand
--proc2id BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id
--proc2l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache
--proc2l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache
--proc2numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores
--proc64bit BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit
--procadjcacheline BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
--procbusspeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed
--proccorespeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--qpispeed BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed
--procconfigtdp BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp
SATA Settings --WriteCache BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache
--SecurityFreezeLock BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
--embsata BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporta BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sataportb BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sataportc BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sataportd BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sataporte BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sataportf BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
SYSCFG 129
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--sataportg BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
--sataportgmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
--sataportgdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
--sataportgcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
--sataporth BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporthmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
--sataporthdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
--sataporthcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
--sataporti BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
--sataportimodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
--sataportidrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
--sataporticapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
--sataportj BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
--sataportjmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
--sataportjdrivetyp BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
--sataportjcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
Serial Communication --ConTerrmType BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
--ExtSerialConnector BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
--FailSafeBaud BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
Slot Disablement --Slotn BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn
System Information --svctag BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
System Security --AcPwrRcvryDelay BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
--PwrButton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
--SetupPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
--SysPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
System Power --maxpowercap System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold
--minpowercap System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold
--capenable System.Power.Cap.Enable
--nmibutton BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton
--powerbutton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
130 SYSCFG
SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge 12G Systems The following are the valid options and arguments supported on PowerEdge systems earlier than PowerEdge 12G systems.
assignintr
Table 245. assignintr
Valid Arguments standard, distributed
Description Controls the interrupt assignment of PCI devices in the system. This option is set to standard by default, causing standard interrupt routing that uses interrupt A, B, C, and D for all PCIe devices. When set to distributed, the interrupt routing is swizzled at the MCH root ports to minimize sharing of interrupts across all PCIe (and PCI-X in the Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) mode) devices.
Example:
A:>syscfg --assignintr=standard assignintr=standard
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
bezelir
Table 246. bezelir
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the ESM to monitor and log front bezel intrusion conditions.
Example:
A:>syscfg --bezelir=enable bezelir=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
cmosdefaults
Table 247. cmosdefaults
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the request for a default CMOS value during the next reboot.
A:>syscfg --cmosdefaults=enable cmosdefaults=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
SYSCFG 131
conboot
Table 248. conboot
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables configuring or reporting of console redirection after reboot. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --conboot=enable conboot=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12Gsystems
coreperformanceboost
Table 249. coreperformanceboost
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the AMD Core Performance Boost feature. When enabled, it allows higher performance power states if additional power is available to the CPU. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --coreperformanceboost=enable coreperformanceboost=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge R715, R815, R515, R415, and M915 systems with AMD Opteron 6000 series processor
dbpm
Table 250. dbpm
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables demand-based power management. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dbpm=enable dbpm=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
132 SYSCFG
embhypervisor
Table 251. embhypervisor
Valid Arguments off, on
Description Turns on or off the embedded hypervisor port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embhypervisor=on embhypervisor=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embideraid
Table 252. embideraid
Valid Arguments on, off
Description Turns on or off the embedded IDE RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have IDE ROMB. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embideraid=on embideraid=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embnic1pxe
Table 253. embnic1pxe
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the first embedded NIC. If PXE is disabled, the first NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the first NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 option. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1pxe=enable embnic1pxe=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
SYSCFG 133
embnic2pxe
Table 254. embnic2pxe
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the second embedded NIC. If PXE is disabled, the second NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the second NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic2 option. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic2pxe=enable embnic2pxe=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embnics
Table 255. embnics
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Turns both the embedded NICs on or off. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 and embnic2 options. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnics=enable --embnics=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsi1
Table 256. embscsi1
Valid Arguments on, off Description Turns the first embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported systems
that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsi1=on embscsi1=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
134 SYSCFG
embscsi2
Table 257. embscsi2
Valid Arguments on, off Description Turns the second embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported systems
that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsi2=on embscsi2=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsiraid
Table 258. embscsiraid
Valid Arguments raid, off, scsi Description Sets the specified value for the SCSI RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported
systems that have SCSI ROMB. Some systems do not support the scsi argument. This option can be replicated.
CAUTION: If you change the controller from SCSI to RAID mode, data loss may occur. Backup any data you must save before changing modes.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid embscsiraid=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsiraidchb
Table 259. embscsiraidchb
Valid Arguments raid, scsi
Description Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid embscsiraidchb=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
SYSCFG 135
embscsiraidchb
Table 260. embscsiraidchb
Valid Arguments raid, scsi
Description Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid embscsiraidchb=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embsdcardredundancy
Table 261. embsdcardredundancy
Valid Arguments mirrormode, disable
Description Sets the redundancy to mirrormode or disabled.
If set to mirrormode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital (SD) cards. If one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data is copied to that SD card.
If set to disable, read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.
On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode
Applicable Systems This option is degraded.
redmem
Table 262. redmem
Valid Arguments off, spare, mirror, DDDC
Description Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off
Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series processor
136 SYSCFG
power
Table 263. power
Valid Arguments NA
Description For details about the power suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For Power Option.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G systems
tcm
Table 264. tcm
Option tcm Valid Arguments NA
Description For details about the tcm suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tcm Option.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G, 11G, and 12G systems
tpm
Table 265. tpm
Valid Arguments NA
Description For details about the tpm suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tpm Option.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G, 11G, and 12G systems
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
Table 266. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
power --profile <powerprofile>
where powerprofile can be maxperformance, osctl, apc
Displays the settings similar to the BIOS setup screen for the respective profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.
SYSCFG 137
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
If power profiles are not available on the platform, an error message is displayed.
A:>syscfg power--profile=maxperformance --setuppwdoverride
custom Creates the custom profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- setuppwdoverride
--cpupowermode min, max, osdbpm, systemdbpm
Allows you to set the CPU power and performance management to minimum power, maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or system DBPM mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- cpupowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
--memorypowermode min, 978, 800, 1067, 1333, max
Allows you to set memory power and performance management to minimum power mode, maximum power mode, 978 Mhz, 800 Mhz, 1067 Mhz, or 1333 Mhz.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- memorypowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
--fanpowermode min, max Allows you to set the fan algorithm to the minimum power optimized or maximum performance optimized mode.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- fanpowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
NOTE: Set the value of profile to custom to change the values of cpupowermode , memorypowermode , and fanpowermode.
--profile NA Displays the profile set and the respective profile parameters.
--cap
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
Displays the values of budgetcap, and the maximum and minimum power thresholds in Watts.
--cap
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
<budgetcap> is the limit for power consumption in Watts, or btuphr, or percent.
<unit> is the unit of the <budgetcap> value and can be watt, or btuphr, or percent.
The value of
If the unit is btuphr, it is converted in to Watts using the formula Watt = BTU/hr /3.413. If the unit is percent, the formula is Power Cap (Watts) = [Power supply rating for input power (Watts) - Min potential power (Watts)] * Power Cap (%) + Min potential power (Watts)]
138 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg power --cap=<value> -- unit=watt --setuppwdoverride
--maxpowercap Displays the value of the maximum power threshold.
--minpowercap Displays the value of the minimum power threshold.
--valsetuppwd <string> Validates the setup password for power authentication. If you try to change the DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance --valsetuppwd=
--setuppwdoverride NA Does not prompt you for a password to access the DTK settings on systems that do not have a setup password configured.
A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance setuppwdoverride
Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
Table 267. Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
tcm --tcmsecurity off Does not report the presence of TCM to the operating system.
on Reports the presence of TCM to the operating system.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmsecurity=off
--tcmactivation enabled Enables and activates the TCM feature.
disabled Disables and deactivates the TCM feature.
nochange Does not alter the operational state of the TCM feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled
--tcmclear NA Clears the contents of the TCM chip without erasing the tcmsecurity and tcmactivation settings.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled -- tcmclear --setuppwdoverride
--tcmundoclear NA Cancels the result of the tcmclear setting.
SYSCFG 139
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled -- tcmundoclear --setuppwdoverride
Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option The following table lists the sub-options and arguments for the tpm option.
Table 268. Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
tpm --tpmsecurity off Does not report the presence of TPM to the operating system.
onwithpbm Directs the BIOS to store the TCG compliant measurements to the TPM during a POST operation.
onwithoutpbm Directs the BIOS to bypass the preboot measurements.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmsecurity=onwithoutpbm --setuppwdoverride
--tpmactivation enabled Enables and activates the TPM feature.
disabled Disables and deactivates the TPM feature.
nochange Does not alter the operational state of the TPM feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- setuppwdoverride
NOTE: You cannot set tpmactivation when tpmsecurity is set to off.
NOTE: After setting tpmactivation to enabled or disabled, if you reboot your system, DTK displays the TPM Configuration Honoured system will reset and the system reboots again message and reboots.
NOTE: When you set tpmactivation to enabled or disabled, DTK displays the value of tpmactivation as nochange. However, the TPM feature is activated/deactivated when you reboot the system.
--tpmclear NA Clears the contents of the TPM chip without erasing the tpmsecurity and tpmactivation settings.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- tpmclear --setuppwdoverride
--undotpmclear NA Cancels the result of the tpmclear setting. If you specify this setting before specifying the tpmclear setting, the
140 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
There is currently no pending TPM Clear request message is displayed.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- undotpmclear --setuppwdoverride
--valsetuppwd <string> Validates the setup password for TPM authentication. If you try to change DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- tpmclear --valsetuppwd=
--setuppwdoverride NA On systems that do not have a setup password configured, if you set this option, you are not prompted for a password to access DTK settings.
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- tpmclear --setuppwdoverride
SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration SYSCFG configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.
NOTE: For options that use text strings such as username, password, hostname, and community string, using some characters such as
NOTE: The following options or arguments are also applicable to DRAC 5.
The following tables document valid options, sub-options, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option and suboption. Options, sub-options, and arguments are case-sensitive. All options, sub-options, and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless explicitly stated otherwise. Some features that must be noted while reading this section are:
Unless otherwise specified, all sub-options to options are optional.
If a sub-option is not specified for an option, all valid sub-option values are displayed for the option. If sub-options are specified, then only those suboptions are reported.
Wherever options or sub-options take empty strings as input, the string NULL should be input. For example, options such as username and suboptions such as commstring and hostname can take an empty string as input.
SYSCFG 141
bmcversion
Table 269. bmcversion options
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
bmcversion Displays the version information for the BMC and the BMC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.
--devid NA Reports the BMC device ID.
--devrevision NA Reports the BMC device revision.
--majorfwversion NA Reports the BMC device major firmware revision.
--minorfwversion NA Reports the BMC device minor firmware revision.
Example:
A:>syscfg bmcversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40
chassistype
Table 270. chassistype
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--chassistype* NA NA Identifies the Chassis Management Controller (CMC). The possible values are 9 (M1000e), 10 (VRTX), and 0 (others).
Example:
A:>syscfg -- chassistype chassistype=10 (VRTX)
clearsel
Table 271. clearsel
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--clearsel* NA NA Clears the System Event Log (SEL). This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg -- clearsel Clearing SEL...
142 SYSCFG
controlpanelaccess
Table 272. controlpanelaccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--controlpanelaccess NA viewandmodify, viewonly, disabled
Sets or gets the access level for the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
Example:
A:>syscfg -- controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify
deviceguid
Table 273. deviceguid
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--deviceguid* NA NA Displays the GUID for the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg--deviceguid deviceguid=XXXXXXXXXX
encryptkey
Table 274. encryptkey
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--encryptkey NA <hexadecimal number> Encrypts the IPMI sessions.
The hexadecimal number entered as an argument is case insensitive although the value returned by the encryptkey option is always in uppercase.
The value returned is appended with zeroes so that it is always 40 characters long.
Example:
A:>syscfg -- encryptkey=abcd encryptkey= ABCD00000000000 000000000000000 0000000000
SYSCFG 143
fiberchannel
Table 275. fiberchannel
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables embedded fiber channel. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --fiberchannel=enable fiberchannel=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
floppy
Table 276. floppy
Option --floppy Valid Arguments auto, off, readonly
Description Sets the diskette drive controller to auto, off, or readonly. This option is available on all supported systems that have a supported diskette drive. This option can be replicated
Example:
A:>syscfg --floppy=auto floppy=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
formfactor
Table 277. formfactor
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Displays the geometry of PowerEdge Blade systems. The option can have the following values: halfheight (the Blade systems occupies 1 slot of the chassis), halfheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 2 horizontal slots of the chassis), fullheight (the Blade system occupies 2 vertical slots of the chassis), fullheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 4 slots of the chassis) and quarterheight (the Blade systems occupies half slot of the chassis).
Example:
A:>syscfg --formfactor=fullheight, dualwide formfactor=fullheight, dualwide
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge blade systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
144 SYSCFG
hddfailover
Table 278. hddfailover
Valid Arguments off, on
Descriptionoff Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on, all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off, only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on hddfailover=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
hpcmode
Table 279. hpcmode
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the High Performance Computing (HPC) Mode. When set to enable, the HPC is enabled utilizing only the high frequency P-State settings. When set to disable (default value), all P-States inherent to the CPU are used.
To fully enable HPC Mode, set the power management to custom, cpu power and performance management to OsDbpm, and fan power and performance management to maximum performance.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hpcmode=enable hpcmode=enable
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems with AMD Opteron 6200 series processor
htassist
Table 280. htassist
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the Probe Filter chipset option. Some applications may have lower performance when the chipset feature is disabled.
Example:
A:>syscfg --htassist=enable htassist=enable
SYSCFG 145
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems with AMD Opteron processors.
idecdrom
Table 281. idecdrom
Valid Arguments auto, off
Description Turns the CD drive on or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --idecdrom=auto idecdrom=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
idracgui
Table 282. idracgui
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables and disables the iDRAC GUI. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --idracgui=disable idracgui=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
lpt
Table 283. lpt
Valid Arguments lpt1, lpt2, lpt3, disable
Description Configures or reports the I/O address of the LPT (parallel) port. This option is available on all supported systems with an LPT port. This option is recorded to an output file for replication.
Example:
A:>syscfg --lpt=lpt1 lpt=lpt1
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
146 SYSCFG
memdynamicpower
Table 284. memdynamicpower
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the dynamic memory power states. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memdynamicpower=enable memdynamicpower=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series
memintleave
Table 285. memintleave
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the memory interleave mode. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memintleave=enable memintleave=enable
NOTE: The memintleave option is same as Nodeinterleave option. For more information, see Memory Settings group.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
memremap
Table 286. memremap
Valid Arguments off, auto
Description Sets the memory remapping to off or auto.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memremap=off memremap=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
SYSCFG 147
mouse
Table 287. mouse
Valid Arguments on, off
Description Turns the mouse controller on or off.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --mouse=off mouse=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
noraidprompt
Table 288. noraidprompt
Valid Arguments NA
Description Specifies that the BIOS must not prompt for confirmation when changing the mode of a RAID controller. This option can only be used with the --embscsiraid or --embscsiraidchb options.
Without this option, the user is prompted during POST to confirm the change of a RAID controller from RAID (SCSI) to SCSI (RAID). This option is not replicated.
CAUTION: When changing a RAID controller from SCSI to RAID or from RAID to SCSI, data is lost on the affected hard drives. The warning message for this data is not displayed if you use the --noraidprompt option. To avoid data loss, back up any information on the hard drives before changing the type of controller used with the drives
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid --noraidprompt embscsiraid=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
oldsetuppwd
Table 289. oldsetuppwd
Valid Arguments <string>
Description Allows to set a new setup password if a setup password is already present on the system. The setup password locks the BIOS setup screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the current password. If this password is not correct, the new setup password is
148 SYSCFG
not applied to the system. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
oldsyspwd
Table 290. oldsyspwd
Valid Arguments <string>
Description Supplies the current system password for the BIOS. This option is only given when setting the new system password. If this password does not match the current system password, the new password is not applied to the system. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example1:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=<anotherpassword> --oldsyspwd=<password> The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system. Example 2:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=<asyspassword> --oldsyspwd=<currentpassword> The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
opticaldrivectrl
Table 291. opticaldrivectrl
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the optical CD-ROM controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --opticaldrivectrl=enable opticaldrivectrl=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
SYSCFG 149
remflashmedia
Table 292. remflashmedia
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Displays the redundancy status of internal dual SD module. The status can be:
Full Secure digital card (SD) 1 and 2 are functioning properly.
Lost Either any of the secure digital cards or both are not functioning properly.
The option also displays the status of the individual SD cards as follows:
Active The card is used for secure digital reads.
Standby The card is receiving a copy of all secure digital reads.
Failed An error is reported during a secure digital read or write.
Absent No secure digital media is detected.
Offline At boot, card identification signature is different from the non-volatile storage value or card is the destination of a copying operation that is in progress.
Write Protected The card is write-protected.
Example:
A:>syscfg --remflashmedia Internal Dual SD ModuleRedundancy=Lost SD1 status=Absent SD1 status=Active
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
serial1
Table 293. serial1
Valid Arguments disable, com1, com3, com1_bmc, bmcserial, bmclan, rac
Description Configures or reports the first serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.
bmcserial maps serial port 1 to BMC Serial.
bmclan routes the serial traffic destined for serial1 out to NIC1.
com1_bmc maps serial port 1 to COM port 1 BMC.
rac maps serial port 1 to the RAC device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serial1=rac serial1=rac
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
150 SYSCFG
serial2
Table 294. serial2
Valid Arguments auto, disable, com2, com4
Description Configures or reports the second serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serial2=rac serial2=rac
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
slotname
Table 295. slotname
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Reports the slot name of the blade.
Example:
A:>syscfg --slotname slotname=Slot5
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
sma
Table 296. sma
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables processor sequential memory access.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sma=disable sma=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
SYSCFG 151
sysrev
Table 297. sysrev
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Reports the system revision.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
usb
Table 298. usb
Valid Arguments on, legacy, off
Description Sets or reports the status of the USB port. When set to on, USB keyboards and mice function only for systems with operating systems that have native USB support. When set to legacy, USB keyboards and mice are supported through the BIOS to function in operating systems that do not natively support USB. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usb=on usb=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
usbflash
Table 299. usbflash
Valid Arguments auto, fdd, hdd
Description Sets or reports the emulation for an USB flash device. The USB flash device can be set to emulate a hard drive (HDD) or a diskette drive (FDD). This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usbflash=auto usbflash=auto
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
152 SYSCFG
vflash
Table 300. vflash
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables vflash on iDRAC.
Example:
A:>syscfg --vflash=enable vflash=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G systems or systems with iDRAC6
identify
Table 301. identify
Valid Arguments 0254
Description Flashes the identification LED for a specified number of seconds.
NOTE: Use 0 to stop the blinking of the LED.
Example:
A:>syscfg --identify=10 identify=10
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G systems with a BMC
idracversion
Table 302. idracversion
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--idracversion Displays the version information for the iDRAC and the iDRAC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.
--devid NA Reports the iDRAC device ID.
--devrevision NA Reports the iDRAC device revision.
--majorfwversion NA Reports the major firmware revision of iDRAC.
SYSCFG 153
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--minorfwversion NA Reports the minor firmware revision of iDRAC.
A:>syscfg --idracversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40
kvmstatusonlcd
Table 303. kvmstatusonlcd
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments
Description Applicable Systems
--kvmstatusonlcd NA active, inactive
Configures the Dell Virtual KVM (vKVM) session status on the LCD.
Example:
A:>syscfg --kvmstatusonlcd=active kvmstatusonlcd=active
PowerEdge 11G systems
lancfgparams
Table 304. lancfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lancfgparams or lcp
Configures and displays LAN configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--ipaddrsrc static, dhcp Sets the IP address source for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
--ipaddress <ipaddress> Sets the IP address for the LAN channel. This sub- option cannot be replicated.
--subnetmask <subnetmask> Sets the subnet mask for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
--gateway <gateway> Sets the gateway for the LAN channel. This sub- option can be replicated.
--commstring <string> Sets the community string (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) used in a platform event trap (PET). This sub-option can be replicated.
--destipaddr <ipaddress> Sets the destination IP address or Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) for the alert destination specified with the alertdest sub-option.
154 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
The destipaddr sub-option is dependent on the alertdest sub-option. If the alertdest sub- option is not specified on the command line, the first alert destination (alertdest=1) is set with this IP address or FQDN. This sub-option can be replicated.
NOTE: FQDN is applicable only for destipaddr option and is supported only on PowerEdge 12G systems.
Example 1 (to set the destination IP address):
A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -- destipaddr=192.168.100.15
Example 2 (to set the destination IP address as FQDN):
A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -- destipaddr=xxx.yyy.com
--alertdest 1, 2, 3, 4 Sets the destination for the LAN alert. This sub- option can be replicated.
--vlantag enable, disable
Enables or disables VLAN tagging. This sub-option can be replicated.
--vlanid <string> Sets the 12-bit VLAN ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--vlanpriority 07 Sets the VLAN priority value. This sub-option can be replicated.
--macaddress NA Displays the BMC MAC address. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--nicselection
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
shared, sharedfailover , dedicated, sharedreceiveo nall
Sets the operating mode of the NIC to shared, sharedfailover, dedicated, or sharedreceiveonall. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems.
NOTE:
This option is applicable on systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems. The sharedreceiveonall argument is available only on PowerEdge 11G systems.
--nicselection
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4
Sets the operating mode of the iDRAC7 NIC to dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, or lom4. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems due to underlying hardware.
NOTE: This option is applicable on PowerEdge 11G systems.
--nicselectionfailover
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, all
Sets the operating mode of the NIC selection failover to none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, or all. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems. due to underlying hardware.
NOTE: This option is applicable on PowerEdge 12G systems.
SYSCFG 155
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--fullduplex enable, disable
Enables or disables full duplex on the RAC network interface.
--autoneg enable, disable
Enables or disables autonegotiation.
--speed 10,100 Sets the network interface speed to 10 or 100 Mbps.
--dnsdhcp enable, disable
Enables or disables obtaining the DNS server IP address through DHCP.
--dnsserver1 <ipaddress> Sets the IP address of the primary DNS server for domain name resolution.
--dnsserver2 <ipaddress> Sets the IP address of the secondary DNS server for domain name resolution.
--dnsregisterrac enable, disable
Enables or disables binding of the RAC name to the IP address.
--dnsracname <string> Sets the name of the RAC.
--domainnamefromdhcp enable, disable
Enables or disables getting the RAC domain name through DHCP.
--domainname <string> Sets the domain name of the RAC.
Example 1 (to display the current LAN configuration settings):
A:>syscfg --lancfgparams destipaddr=192.168.100.15 vlantag=enable vlanid=1000 vlanpriority=7 macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7 commstring=public ipaddrsrc=static ipaddress=192.168.100.10 subnetmask=255.255.255.0 gateway=192.168.100.1
156 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 2 (to set the LAN configuration parameters):
A:>syscfg --lancfgparams --destipaddr=192.168.100.15 --vlantag=enable --vlanid=1000 --vlanpriority=7 --macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7 --commstring=public --ipaddrsrc=static --ipaddress=192.168.100.10 --subnetmask=255.255.255.0 --gateway=192.168.100.1
lanchannelaccess
Table 305. lanchannelaccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lanchannelaccess or lca
Sets or displays the LAN channel access settings such as alerting, IPMI over LAN, and user privilege. This option can be replicated.
--pefalerting enable, disable Enables or disables PEF alerts. This sub- option can be replicated.
--ipmioverlan disable, alwaysavail
Sets the LAN channel access mode. This sub- option can be replicated.
--channelprivlmt user, operator, administrator
Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to configure the LAN channel with alerts and IPMI over LAN enabled):
A:>syscfg lanchannelaccess-- pefalerting=enable -- ipmioverlan=alwaysavail
SYSCFG 157
lanchannelinfo
Table 306. lanchannelinfo
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lanchannelinfo or lci
NA NA Displays media and protocol information about the LAN channel. This option cannot be replicated.
lanuseraccess
Table 307. lanuseraccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lanuseraccess or lua
Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified User ID for the LAN channel.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--usrprivlmt user, operator, administrator, noaccess
Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the LAN channel for the userid specified using the useridsub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
--currentenableduserids NA Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the LAN channel.
--useridswithfixednames NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the LAN channel.
Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the LAN channel with administrator privileges):
A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -- userid=2 -- usrprivlmt=administrator
Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the LAN channel with user privileges):
A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -- userid=4 --usrprivlmt=user
158 SYSCFG
lcd1
Table 308. lcd1
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--lcd1 NA <string> Sets the first line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
NOTE: Before setting user strings for -- lcd1 , ensure that --lcd is set to user.
lcd2
Table 309. lcd2
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--lcd1 NA <string> Sets the second line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
loaddefaults
Table 310. loaddefaults
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--loaddefaults* NA NA Restores the BMC to the defaults originally loaded on the controller. This option is used to return the BMC to a known-good state. This option cannot be replicated.
NOTE: The NMI, power button, and SOL defaults are not reset by using this option.
Example:
A:>syscfg --loaddefaults Loading defaults...
SYSCFG 159
nextboot
Table 311. nextboot
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--nextboot or -- OneTimeBootSeqDev
NA valid device name (from the bootseq option device list)
Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available device names. For more information, see --bootseq. This option is not replicated.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --bootseq Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette Drive A: Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - CD-ROM device Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard Drive C: Device 4: nic.emb.1 - Intel Boot Agent Version 4.0.17 Device 5: nic.emb.2 - Intel Boot Agent Version 4.0.17
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --nextboot=nic.emb.1 nextboot=nic.emb.1
nmibutton
Table 312. nmibutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--nmibutton NA enable, disable Enables or disables the NMI button. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable nmibutton=enable
160 SYSCFG
passwordaction
Table 313. passwordaction
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
passwordaction Configures and tests the password for the specified User ID. This option cannot be replicated. All three sub-options, action, userid, and password must be included in the command line.
NOTE: This option does not support 20 byte passwords.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--action setpassword, testpassword
Sets or tests the password for the specified User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--password <string> Sets the password (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) for the specified BMC User ID. This sub- option cannot be replicated.
Example (to set and test the password for User ID 3):
A:>syscfg passwordaction --userid=3 --action=setpassword -- password=bmcmaster passwordaction userid=3 action=setpassword password=********* A:>syscfg passwordaction --userid=3 --action=testpassword -- password=bmcmastor Password test failed.
pefcfgparams
Table 314. pefcfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
pefcfgparams or pcp
Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--filter fanfail, voltfail, discretevoltfail, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegraded,red unlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail,
Specifies a PEF value. This sub-option can be replicated.
For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
SYSCFG 161
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
hardwarelogfail, autorecovery, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerwarn, systempowerfail
--filteraction powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none
Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub-option. This sub- option can be replicated.
--hostname <string> Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.
The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .
--filteralert enable, disable Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.
--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub- option can be replicated.
--alertpolstatus enable, disable Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.
Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):
Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= fanfail--filteraction=powerdown pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= intrusion--filteralert=disable pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable
162 SYSCFG
Table 315. pefcffgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description Applicable Systems
pefcfgparams or pcp
Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
All PowerEdge systems
--filter fanfail, voltfail, discretevoltf ail, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegraded ,redunlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail, hardwarelogfa il, autorecovery, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerwa rn, systempowerfa il
Specifies a PEF value. This sub-option can be replicated.
For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
NOTE: The fanfail option is not supported on PowerEdge 10G systems.
--filteraction powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none
Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.
--hostname <string> Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.
The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .
The length of the hostname string must be 62 characters or less for PowerEdge 9G systems and later.
--filteralert enable, disable
Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.
--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub-option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 163
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description Applicable Systems
--alertpolstatus enable, disable
Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub- option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.
Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):
Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams -- filter= fanfail-- filteraction=powerdown pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams -- filter= intrusion-- filteralert=disable pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable
powerbutton
Table 316. powerbutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--powerbutton NA enable, disable Enables or disables the power button. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable powerbutton=enable
powerctl
Table 317. powerctl
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--powerctl NA powerdown Performs a chassis powerdown and controls the reset of the system.
164 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Powerdown turns off the system.
powercycle Turns off the system and automatically turns on your system after a few seconds.
reset Resets the system.
softshutdown In Linux, the system turns off immediately.
NOTE: In Windows PE, this option does not work.
NOTE: This option applies only to PowerEdge systems that are configured with a BMC.
NOTE: This argument requires ACPI support to function properly.
racreset
Table 318. racreset
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--racreset* NA NA Resets the RAC. It cannot be accompanied with any other option. This option cannot be replicated.
serialcfgparams
Table 319. serialcfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
serialcfgparams or scp
Configures and displays serial configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--connectionmode basic, terminal Sets the connection mode used to perform IPMI messaging to the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.
--msgcomm noflowctrl, rtscts
Sets the IPMI message communication flow control. This suboption can be replicated.
--msgcommdtrhangup NA Reports the IPMI message communication DTR hang-up. This suboption cannot be replicated.
--msgcommbitrate 9600, 19200, 57600, 115200
Sets the IPMI message communication baud rate in bits per second (bps). This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfglineediting enable, disable Sets the line editing value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgdelctrl del, bksp Sets the delete control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 165
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--tmcfgechoctrl echo, noecho Sets the echo control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfghandshakectrl enable, disable Sets the handshake control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgnewlineseq noterm, crlf, null, cr, lfcr,1f
Sets the new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
-- tmcfginputnewlineseq
cr, null Sets the input new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to display the current serial configuration settings):
A:>syscfg serialcfgparams serialcfgparams tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable connectionmode=terminal tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf msgcommflowctrl=rtscts tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr msgcommdtrhangup=disable msgcommbitrate=19200 tmcfglineediting=enable
serialchannelaccess
Table 320. serialchannelaccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--serialchannelaccess or sca
Sets or displays the channel access settings for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.
--ipmioverserial disable, alwaysavail
Sets the serial channel access mode. This sub-option can be replicated.
--channelprivlmt user, operator, administrator
Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to configure the serial channel with IPMI over serial disabled and the
166 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
maximum privilege level set to administrator):
A:>syscfg serialchannel access -- ipmioverserial=disable -- channelprivlmt=administrator serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=disable channelprivlmt=administrator
serialchannelinfo
Table 321. serialchannelinfo
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--serialchannelinfo or sci
Displays media and protocol information about the serial channel. This option cannot be replicated.
--mediumtype NA Displays the medium type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--prottype NA Displays the protocol type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--ssnsupport NA Displays the session support information for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--activessncount NA Displays the number of sessions that are activated on the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg serialchannelinfo -- mediumtype mediumtype= asynch
serialuseraccess
Table 322. serialuseraccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
serialuseraccess or sua
Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified
SYSCFG 167
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
User ID for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--usrprivlmt user, operator, administrator,noac cess
Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the serial channel for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
-- currentenableduserids
NA Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the serial channel. This sub- option can be replicated.
-- useridswithfixednames
NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the serial channel. This sub- option can be replicated.
Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the serial channel with administrator privileges ) :
A:>syscfg serialuseraccess -- userid=2 -- usrprivlmt=administrator userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator status=enable Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the serial channel with user privileges ):
A:>syscfg serialuseraccess -- userid=4 --usrprivlmt=user userid=4 usrprivlmt=user status=enable
solaction
Table 323. solaction
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
solaction This option enables or disables Serial-Over- LAN (SOL) access for a particular user. This option can be replicated.
168 SYSCFG
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg solaction --userid=2 --action=disable solaction userid=2 action=disable
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--action enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated and is dependent on the userid sub- option.
solcfgparams
Table 324. solcfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
solcfgparams Configures and displays SOL configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--solenable enable, disable Enables or disables if the SOL payload type can be activated. This option can be replicated.
--solprivlevel user, operator, administrator
Sets the minimum user privilege level required to activate the SOL. This option can be replicated.
--solcharaccuminterval 1255 Sets the Character Accumulate Interval in 5ms increments (1255). This sets the typical amount of time that the BMC waits before transmitting a partial SOL character data packet. This option can be replicated.
--solcharsendthreshold 1255 Specifies that the BMC automatically sends an SOL character data packet containing this number of characters in increments of 5 (1255) as soon as this number of characters (or greater) has been accepted from the baseboard serial controller into the BMC. This option can be replicated.
--solbitrate 9600, 19200 Sets the serial channel communication bit rate (in bps) with the BMC when SOL is activated. This option can be replicated.
NOTE: The arguments for solbitrate vary with various Dell systems. If an argument valid for a particular Dell system is entered for another system, the Parameter out of range error is displayed.
SYSCFG 169
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 1 (to display the current SOL configuration):
A:>syscfg solcfgparams solcfgparams solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=25 solbitrate=9600
Example 2 (to set the SOL configuration parameters):
A:>syscfg solcfgparams --solenable=disable --solprivlevel=administrator --solcharaccum interval=25 --solcharsend threshold=100 --solbitrate=9600 solcfgparams solenable=disable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=100 solbitrate=9600
ssninfo
Table 325. ssninfo
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
ssninfo Displays information about the number of possible active sessions and the number of currently active sessions on all channels on the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.
NOTE: All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
--maxactivessns NA Displays the maximum possible active BMC sessions. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--currentactivessns NA Displays the number of currently active sessions on all channels of the BMC. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg ssninfo currentactivessns=1 maxactivessns=4
useraction NOTE: For 14th generation of PowerEdge Systems, you have to configure the username and password before executing this command for a particular userid.
170 SYSCFG
Table 326. useraction
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
useraction Enables and disables BMC, sua, and lua user IDs. This option can be replicated.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--action enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
Example to disable User ID 3:
A:>syscfg useraction --userid=3 -- action=disable useraction userid=3 action=disable
username
Table 327. username
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
username Sets the BMC User ID and username. This option can be replicated.
--userid 216 if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--name <string> Sets the username (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
Example 1( to configure User ID 3 with a user name ):
A:>syscfg username --userid=3 -- name=bmcmaster username userid=3 name=bmcmaster Example 2 (to display the username for User ID 3):
A:>syscfg username --userid=3 --name username userid=3 name=bmcmaster
SYSCFG 171
version
Table 328. version
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--version NA NA Displays the version information for the SYSCFG utility.
virutualmedia
Table 329. virutualmedia
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--virutualmedia
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
NA enable, disable, auto
Enables or disables the virtual media. This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG For State Configuration The SYSCFG utility allows the user to write a state data value on a system. This value is preserved across reboot or power-off operations. Users can use this state data value for storing important state information, such as the progress of a multi-reboot deployment process.
SYSCFG Options For State Configuration The following table lists all valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments are not available on all systems.
Table 330. SYSCFG Options For State Configuration
Option Valid Arguments Description
-b or --byte <string> Specifies a value to write to state data. The format of the argument must be in decimal format unless the -x option is given. If the -x option is given, the value is interpreted as hexadecimal format. The value can optionally contain 0x. The decimal range is 0255, and the hexadecimal range is 0x000xFF.
172 SYSCFG
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg -b 1 The state byte has been set to 1. A:>syscfg -b 2 -x The state byte has been set to 0x02.
-r or --read* NOTE: The asterisk is not part of the command syntax.
NA Reads the value of state data. When used with the -x option, the value is reported in hexadecimal format (0xNN).
Example:
A:>sysfg -r -x The state byte has been set to 0x02. A:>syscfg -r The state byte has been set to 2.
-x or --hex None Specifies that a value should be in hexadecimal format.
Example:
A:>sysfg -r -x The state byte has been set to 0x01. A:>sysfg -x -b 0x02 The state byte has been set to 0x02.
SYSCFG for System Configuration SYSCFG enables system configuration and reporting. It reports system identification values, processor types and speeds, memory size, and detects device using PCI scan.
Options For System Configuration Table below documents valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options and arguments are case sensitive. All options and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless stated otherwise.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems. Some of the command line options are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.
Table 331. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration
Option Valid Arguments Description
--asset None Reports the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This option displays the asset tag for a system. For Blade systems, the SYSCFG utility reports the asset tag for both the server module and the asset tag for its chassis. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .
SYSCFG 173
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --asset asset=ASSET
--biosver* None Reports the BIOS version for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --biosver biosver=A08
--chassvctag* None Reports the chassis service tag on blade systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --chassvctag chassvctag=SVCTAG1
--cpucount* None Reports the number of processors found on the system.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=1 Example 2:
A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=2
--cpuspeed* None Reports the speed of all processors in a system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpuspeed cpuspeed=1000MHz
--envfile <filename> Reads the environment variable file (included in DTK as sys.ini ) and sets environment variables to names in the file, based on the system's information. Primarily, this command performs a PCI scan and matches the vendor/device numbers of the devices to those specified in the environment variable file. For more information, see the Environment Variable File.
Example:
A:>syscfg --envfile sys.ini DELLNIC1=INTEL PRO100 DELLNIC2=INTEL PRO100 DVIDEO1=RAGEXL DIDE1=PEQUR/ROSS IDE DSCSI1=AIC-7899
--mem* None Reports the amount of system memory physically installed in the system, not the amount of memory available to an operating system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the amount of system memory. The last two characters of the memory value indicate the order of magnitude used (KB or MB).
174 SYSCFG
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --mem mem=256MB
-n <filename> Specifies an input file to use for resolving PCI vendor and device numbers to strings. The file must be present (with read rights) and contain a properly formatted list. For more information, see PCI Reporting . This option must be used with the pci option.
Example:
A:>syscfg -n pci.txt --pci PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0 Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp. Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100] Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp. Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter Slot: 01 Class: 02 - Network SubClass: 00 - Ethernet
--ovrwrt* None When used with the outfile option, this option specifies that the output file should be overwritten if it exists.
NOTE: This option is applicable only on PowerEdge systems prior to 12G.
Example:
A:>syscfg -outfile=out.ini --ovrwrt
--pci* None Performs a scan of all PCI buses and displays the results. The utility uses an open source pci.ids file for vendor/device name resolution. The utility looks for a file called pci.ids in the current working directory. If the file is not found in the current working directory, the directory containing the SYSCFG executable is searched. If the -n option is used to specify a filename, this filename is used for resolution. If a specific filename is not given and the pci.ids file cannot be found, Unknown is printed for all vendor and device codes.
For more information, see PCI Reporting.
Example 1 (the pci.ids filename is specified in the command line instance ):
A:>syscfg -n pci.ids --pci PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00
SYSCFG 175
Option Valid Arguments Description
Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
None Example 2 (the pci.ids file is located in the same directory as the utility so that names resolve):
A:>syscfg --pci PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
None Example 3 (a pci.ids file does not exist) :
A:>syscfg --pci PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0012 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0012 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
-s <string> Sets an environment variable to the value of a function command option. The string argument must be alphanumeric without any spaces or symbols. The variable name must be in upper case. This option must be used with at least one function command.
176 SYSCFG
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag ENVNAME=SERVICE
--slot* None Reports the slot on a Blade system. If it is not a Blade system, the slot is reported as 0. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the slot.
Example 1 (Blade systems) :
A:>syscfg --slot slot=1 Example 2 (Rack and Tower systems) :
A:>syscfg --slot slot=0
NOTE: This option is valid only on PowerEdge blade systems.
--svctag* None Reports the service tag for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --svctag svctag=113CD1S
--sysasset* None Reports the system asset tag on Blade systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysasset sysasset=ASSET01
--sysid* None Reports the unique system id bytes for a server. Servers contain a unique ID value based on their model. The ID value is reported as a hexadecimal value with a leading 0x, lowercase hexadecimal letters, and zero-padded to 2 bytes. If used with the -s general option, the environment variable is set to the system ID.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysid sysid=0x00df
--sysname* None Reports the system identification string for a server, which is the string displayed under the Dell logo during POST. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the system name.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysname sysname=PowerEdge 1550/1000
--syssvctag* None Reports the system service tag on a Blade system.
SYSCFG 177
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --syssvctag syssvctag=BLADE01
--uuid* None Reports the Unique User Identifier (UUID) for a system. The UUID is a unique system identifier used in PXE requests.
Example:
A:>syscfg --uuid uuid=44454C4C-5300-104C-8044- B1C04F423131
SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration The following table lists all valid options and arguments for IPv6 configuration along with a description of each option. These options are applicable only if the DRAC on your system supports IPv6.
NOTE: This option is available only if appropriate license is installed.
Table 332. SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lancfgparamsv6 or lcpv6
--ipv6 enable, disable Enables or disables the IPv6 stack.
A:> syscfg lcpv6 --ipv6=enable
--ipsrcv6=static
--ipaddrv6= <ipv6address>
--prefixlengthv6=<prefix lengthv6>
--gatewayv6=<ipv6gateway address>
NA Allows you to manually configure IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 --ipsrcv6=static --ipaddrv6=1234:1234:1234::1234 --prefixlengthv6=32 --gatewayv6=1234:1234:1234::1
--ipsrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 --ipsrcv6=auto
--dnssrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the DNS address.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 --dnssrcv6=auto
--dnssrcv6=static -- dnsserver1v6=<ipv6dnsserver1 address>
NA Allows you to manually set the DNS address.
-- linklocaladdripv6=<linklocal addripv6>
Allows you to view IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -- linklocaladdripv6=134.56.45.233
--gatewayv6=<gatewayv6> Allows you to view IP gatewayv6 address.
178 SYSCFG
PCI Reporting The scan of the PCI bus uses a file to resolve PCI vendor and device codes to vendor information strings. The format of the PCI output is as follows:
PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0 Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp. Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100] Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp. Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter Slot: 01 Class: 02 - Network SubClass: 00 - Ethernet If the file for vendor resolution is not present, the utility prints Unknown next to a vendor name. If the file for environment variable names
is not present, the utility fails the environment variable operation.
The pci.ids file is located at \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and /opt/dell/toolkit/bin on Linux systems. For more information and examples, see the Options For System Configuration.
Environment Variable File The environment variable file can be used for discovering and recording system information to environment variables. The file consists of several sections with .ini format that map PCI vendor/device numbers to environment variable values. The environment variable file is sys.ini in \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and on Linux systems, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/bin . For example, the
[DELLNIC] section header designates that an environment variable named dellnic1 should be set to the value of the name or value
pair whose name matches the NIC's vendor or device number. If multiple NICs are present on a system, the environment variables are numbered sequentially: dellnic1, dellnic2 , and so on
Environmental Variable File Excerpt (sys.ini)
[DELLNIC]
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100F for vendor 8086, dev 1001 8086,1001=INTELPRO1000F ;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100T for vendor 8086, dev 1004 8086,1004=INTELPRO1000T ;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100XT for vendor 8086, dev 1008 8086,1008=INTELPRO1000XT The names of the environment variables can be changed in the Variable Names section. If a name is changed, the section that
corresponds to that name must be changed as well.
Also available in the .ini file is a section that maps the system ID number to a string. This string can be used to identify the system during the discovery phase of deployment. The section name is the environment variable that is set to the value of the name/value pair whose name matches the system ID. To change the name of the environment variable, change the value of the MACHINE name in the Variable Names section, and change the corresponding section name.
SYSCFG 179
RAIDCFG This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) RAID configuration utility. The RAIDCFG utility provides a single command line tool that can configure all supported RAID controllers.
Topics:
Features
Supported RAID Controllers
RAIDCFG Options And Arguments
RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
Features The RAID configuration utility:
Displays help and usage information.
Reads configuration options from the Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters.
Enumerates RAID controllers, physical disks, and virtual disks.
Creates and deletes virtual disks.
Logs activity to a given filename.
Returns specific error codes and messages.
Assigns and unassigns global and dedicated hot spares.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the RAIDCFG utility at \DELL \x32\TOOLKIT\TOOLS or at \DELL\x64\TOOLKIT\TOOLS. In Linux, you can find it at/opt/dell/toolkit/bin.
Supported RAID Controllers The RAIDCFG utility supports the following RAID controllers:
PERC FD33xD and PERC FD33xS
PERC H830 Adapter, PERC H330 Adapter, PERC H330 Embedded, PERC H730 Adapter, and PERC H730P Adapter
PERC H330 Mini Monolithic, PERC H730 Mini Monolithic, and PERC H730P Mini Monolithic
PERC H310 Adapter, PERC H310 Mini Blade, PERC H310 Mini Monolithic, PERC H310 Embedded, PERC H710 Mini Blade, PERC H710P Mini Blade, PERC H710 Adapter, and PERC H710 Adapter
PERC H200 Integrated, PERC H200 Adapter, PERC H200 Embedded, PERC H700 Integrated, PERC H700 Adapter, and PERC H800 Adapter
PERC 6/E Adapter, PERC 6/I Integrated, and PERC 6/I Adapter
PERC 6/I Integrated for blade systems
PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, and PERC 5/I Adapter
PERC S110, PERC S100, PERC S130, and PERC S300 software controller
SAS 6iR Integrated and SAS 6iR Adapter
SAS 5iR Integrated and SAS 5iR Adapter
5
180 RAIDCFG
RAIDCFG Options And Arguments Table below lists all of the valid options, parameters, and arguments for the RAIDCFG utility. For more information on valid RAIDCFG options and their specific uses, see RAID Configuration Utility Options and Arguments.
Mandatory command line options must be present in the command. Optional command line options can be typed in any order after the mandatory options have been typed. Many options have both a short and long format. Short and long format options cannot be used in the same command line instance.
Table below shows some examples of valid and invalid short and long format command line instances. For an explanation of the specific order for each option, see RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments. For a list of frequently used RAID commands, see Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.
Table 333. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
No option -h -? or
/?
NA Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments.
Optional.
See General Help for specific usage information.
-ac or action blink Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
See Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks for specific usage information.
ci or
cancelinit
Cancels the slow or full initialization on the selected virtual disk.
See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
cc or consistencycheck Checks the consistency for a specified virtual disk.
See Consistency Check For Virtual Disk for specific information.
ccc or cancelconsistencycheck
Cancels the consistency check for a specified virtual disk.
See Consistency Check For Virtual Disk for specific information.
chsk or
changesecuritykey
Changes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
See Changing Encryption Key for specific information.
crbd or
cancelrebuild
Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
See Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild for specific information.
ctr or
converttoraid
Configures the array disk as RAID. See Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific information.
RAIDCFG 181
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
csk or
createsecuritykey
Creates encryption key for the encryption- capable controller.
See Creating Encryption Key for specific information.
ctnr or
converttononraid
Configures the array disk as JBOD. See Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific information.
cvd
or
createvdisk
Creates a virtual disk.
NOTE: When providing multiple physical disks for the createvdisk command, do not separate the disks with spaces. For example, - ad= 1:4, 1:5 causes an error.
The correct syntax for displaying multiple physical disks is -ad= 1:4,1:5,1:6
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
dvd
or
deletevdisk
Deletes a virtual disk. See Deleting Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
dpc or
discardPreservedCache
Discards the preserved cache on the controller.
See Discarding Preserved Cache for specific usage information.
dphs or
disablepersistenthotspare
Disables the controller Persistent Hot Spare feature for the selected controller.
See Enabling and Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares for specific usage information.
dsk or
deletesecuritykey
Deletes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
See Deleting Encryption Key for specific usage information.
eai or
enableautoimport
Configures the auto import property of the controller.
See Configuring Auto Import for specific usage information.
ephs or
enablepersistenthotspare
Enables the controller Persistent Hot Spare feature for the selected controller.
See Enabling and Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares for specific usage information.
evs or
expandvdsize
Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.
See Increasing Virtual Disk Size for specific usage information.
182 RAIDCFG
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
fgnimp or
foreignimport
Imports the foreign configuration for the indicated controller.
See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
fgnclr or
foreignclear
Clears the foreign configuration for the specified controller.
See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
fgnrvr or
foreignrecover
Recovers the foreign configuration for the specified controller.
See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
fi or
fastinit
Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller.
See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
gfki or
getforeignkeyids
Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.
See Displaying Foreign Key Ids for specific usage information.
gpciels or
getPCIeLinkSpeed
Displays the Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.
See Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed for specific usage information.
insecerase or
instantsecureerase
Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.
See Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk for specific usage information.
isfc or
importsecureforeignconfig
Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.
See Importing Secured Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
lghs or
listglobalhotspare
Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.
See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.
offline Sets the physical disk state to offline. See Configuring Physical Disk State for specific usage information.
online Sets the physical disk state to online. See Configuring Physical Disk State for specific usage information.
rghs or
removeglobalhotspare
Unassigns all global hot spares to disks on the specified controller.
See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.
RAIDCFG 183
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
replacepd or
replacepdisk
Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk.
See Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk for specific usage information.
rbd or
rebuild
Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
See Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild for specific information.
rst or
reset
Resets the selected controller. See Resetting The Controller for specific usage information.
sbf or
setbootflag
Sets the indicated virtual disk as boot VD on the indicated controller.
See Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk for specific usage information.
sbm or
setbootmode
Sets the bootmode of the controller to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), or 2 (Headless continue on error) during system startup or reboot.
See Setting Boot Mode for specific usage information.
sghs or
setglobalhotspare
Assigns the specified disks as global hot spares on the specified controller.
Optional. See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.
sli or
slowinit
Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller using the slowinit command.
See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
spciels or
setPCIeLinkSpeed
Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to 2 or 3.
See Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed for specific usage information.
svdn or
setvdname
Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
See Setting Virtual Disk Name for specific usage information.
-ad or adisk NA Specifies an array disk command. See Enumerating Array Disks for specific usage information.
ch:targ, ch:targ, ...
or ch:targ:lun,...
or ch:targ:enc
channel:target, or channel:target:lun,
or
Specifies an array disk.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Optional.
See Enumerating Array Disks for specific usage information.
184 RAIDCFG
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
channel:target:enclosure NOTE: You can also use pdisk or
-pd instead of adisk or -ad to
specify an array disk.
-c or controllerid
<valid controller ID number>
Specifies a RAID controller. See Enumerating RAID Controllers for specific usage information.
-cp or cachepolicy
d or e Specifies the cache policy for reads on a specified virtual disk or disk cache policy.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-ctrl or controller
NA Displays a list of the supported RAID controllers in the system, along with select property information.
Mandatory, must be typed in the correct order.
See Enumerating RAID Controllers for specific usage information.
-envc or envcommand
<string> Sets a user-defined environmental variable (<string>) to the value returned from a function call.
See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.
-envn or envname
<string> Sets the environment variable (<string>) that equates to the value returned from a function call.
See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.
-fd or failoverdrive
ch:targ, ch:targ, ...
or ch:targ:lun,...
or ch:targ:enc
channel:target, or channel:target:lun,
or
channel:target:enclosure
Specifies the location of the failover drive in an array.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated hot
spares instead of global hot spares. To set global hot spares, see Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-i <filename> Reads the RAID configuration information from the given .ini filename and creates the RAID configurations on the specified controllers.
Mandatory.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-l or logfile <filename> Logs command line output to a file. Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
RAIDCFG 185
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
-o <filename> Reads the RAID configurations from all available controllers and write these configurations in the given .ini filename.
Mandatory.
See RAID Replication Options for specific usage information.
-r or raid <valid RAID level number> Sets the RAID level for the array.
Valid RAID values are 0, 1, 5, 10, 50.
If no value is specified for RAID, 0is taken as the default level.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-rp or readpolicy
ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc Sets the read policy for the virtual disk. Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-se or setenvironment
NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the function call. The function calls are:
getcontrollerslots, getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks, getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, and gethotspares.
Mandatory.
See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.
-si or silent NA Does not display any information on the terminal console.
Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-sp or spanlength
<number> The span size of RAID 5, which is a mandatory parameter for RAID 50.
NOTE: Spanlength is applicable for RAID 10, RAID 50, and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value is 2for RAID 10,
3for RAID 50 and 4for RAID 60.
The number of array disks for creating virtual disks should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.
Mandatory.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-sz or size <number> Sets the maximum size on the virtual disk in MB or GB if the size is not provided.
The default size is in MB. If GB follows the number, the size is expressed in GB.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-ssz or stripesize
<number> Sets the stripe size on the virtual disk in KB.
Optional.
186 RAIDCFG
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
NOTE: When creating virtual disks, do not specify the units for chunk (stripe) size. The units are always listed in KB.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-vd or vdisk NA Displays the virtual disks under all of the controllers along with the physical array disks that make up the virtual disks.
See Enumerating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
<valid virtual disk ID number>
Displays the specified virtual disk. Optional.
See Enumerating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-ver or version
NA Displays the version number of the utility. Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-wp or writepolicy
wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb Sets the write policy for a virtual disk. The valid arguments are: wb (writeback
caching), wt (write-through caching), wc (write-caching), nwc (no-write-caching),
and fwb (force-write-back).
Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments The following tables document valid options, parameters, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments are case-sensitive and entered in lowercase, unless stated otherwise. The information is grouped by task in the following sections:
General Help
Enumerating RAID Controllers
Setting Environment Variables
Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations
Resetting The Controller
Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares
Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed
Setting Boot Mode
Configuring Auto Import
Creating Virtual Disks
Initializing Virtual Disks
Enumerating Virtual Disks
Deleting Virtual Disks
Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
Setting Virtual Disk Name
RAIDCFG 187
Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
Consistency Check For Virtual Disk
Enumerating Array Disks
Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
Configuring Array Disk as RAID
Configuring Physical Disk State
Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
RAID Replication Options
Miscellaneous Options
Increasing Virtual Disk Size
Discarding Preserved Cache
Displaying Foreign Key Ids
Creating Encryption Key
Changing Encryption Key
Deleting Encryption Key
Importing Secured Foreign Configurations
Creating Virtual Disks
General Help The following table lists the RAIDCFG general help options.
Table 334. General Help
Option Parameters Valid Arguments Description
No option-h-?or/? NA NA Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -h RAIDCFG v5 Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc. [raidcfg] Help: options in <> are mandatory and options in [] are optional and can be in any order after mandatory ones. raidcfg -h Provides users with general help options that may be used with this utility.
188 RAIDCFG
Enumerating RAID Controllers The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating RAID controllers.
Table 335. Enumerating RAID Controllers
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl or controller
NA NA Lists all the RAID controllers on the host system, along with select property information. This option is mandatory
Example:
raidcfg -ctrl Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 4 Controller_PCI_ID: 9:0:0 Controller_Name: PERC H710P Adapter Channels: 2 No.of Virtual_Disks: 17 Array_Disks: 0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:5:1, 0:6:1, 0:7:1 Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled Firmware Version: 21.2.0-007 Controller_Boot_Mode: 2 (Headless continue on error) Enable_Auto_Import: No T10 Protection Info Capable: No RAIDCFG Command successful!
-c or controllerid
<valid controller ID number>
Displays the properties for the RAID controller with the specified controller ID. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
raidcfg -ctrl -c=31 Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 31 Controller_PCI_ID: 7:0:0 Controller_Name: PERC FD33xS Channels: 1 No.of Virtual_Disks: 1 Array_Disks: 0:0:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:7:1,0:8:1,0:10: 1,0:12:1,0:14:1,0:15:1 Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled Firmware Version: 25.2.2-0004 Preserved Cache: Not Available Controller_Boot_Mode: 1 (BIOS continue on error) Enable_Auto_Import: Yes T10 Protection Info Capable: Yes Encryption Capable: Yes Encryption Key Present: Yes RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAIDCFG 189
Creating Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for creating virtual disks.
NOTE: If you create a virtual disk on Windows PE, reboot the system.
Table 336. Creating Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
NA NA Creates a virtual disk comprising the properties supplied. This option combination is mandatory.
NOTE: Create a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -r=1 -ssz=32 -cp=d -rp=nra -wp=wt -fd=1:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-cp or cachepolicy
d or e Valid arguments for disk cache policy are:
d Disable
e Enable
The -cp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
-fd or failoverdrive
ch:targ, ch:targ, ... or ch:targ:lun,... or ch:targ:enc channel:target, or channel:target:l un, or channel:target: enclosure
Sets the failover drive for the virtual disk. The -fd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated hot spares instead of global hot spares. For information about setting global hot spares, see Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
190 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-r or -raid 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60 Sets the RAID type or level for the virtual disk.
NOTE: If this option is not specified for any RAID controller, RAID 0 is taken as the default.
The valid arguments are:
0 RAID 0 uses data striping, which is writing data in equal-sized segments across the array disks. RAID 0 does not provide data redundancy.
1 RAID 1 is the simplest form of maintaining redundant data. In RAID 1, data is mirrored or duplicated on one or more drives.
5 RAID 5 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information. Rather than dedicating a drive to parity, the parity information is striped across all disks in the array.
6 RAID 6 is an extension of RAID 5 and uses extra parity block. It uses block-level striping with two parity blocks distributed across all member disks. RAID 6 provides protection against double disk failures and failures while a single disk is rebuilding. If there is only one array, RAID 6 may be a better option than a hot spare disk.
10 RAID 10 is a stripe of mirrors. Multiple RAID 1 mirrors are created, and a RAID 0 stripe is created over RAID 1 mirrors.
50 RAID 50 is a dual-level array that uses multiple RAID 5 sets in a single array. A single hard drive failure can occur in each of the RAID 5 without any loss of data on the entire array. Although the RAID 50 has increased write performance, when a hard drive fails and reconstruction takes place, performance decreases, data/program access is slower, and transfer speeds on the array are affected.
60 RAID 60 is a combination of RAID 6 and RAID 0. A RAID 0 array is striped across RAID 6 elements. It requires at least 8 disks.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,
-rp or readpolicy ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc CAUTION: If the controller is changed from SCSI to RAID mode, expect data loss to occur. Back up any data you want to save before changing the modes.
Sets the SCSI read policy for the virtual disk. Specify the SCSI read policy for the logical drive. The valid arguments are:
ra (read-ahead) The controller reads sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.
ara (Adaptive Read-Ahead) The controller initiates read-ahead only if the two most recent read requests accessed sequential sectors of the disk. If subsequent read requests access random sectors of the disk, the controller reverts to No-
RAIDCFG 191
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
Read-Ahead policy. The controller continues to evaluate whether read requests are accessing sequential sectors of the disk and can initiate read-ahead if necessary.
nra (No-Read-Ahead) The controller does not read sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.
NOTE: The ra, ara, and nra options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:
PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, PERC 5/i Adapter
PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter, PERC 6/E Adapter
rc (Read-Caching) Enables read caching.
nrc (No-Read-Caching) Disables read caching.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-sp or spanlength <number> Creates a virtual disk comprised of the properties supplied. The -sp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
NOTE: Spanlength is applicable only for RAID 50 and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value for RAID 50 is 3 and for RAID 60 is 4. The number of array disks for creating a virtual disk should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.
NOTE: For creating RAID 10, the PERC 9 firmware suggests the layout (number of array disks) with uneven span (spans with unequal number of array disks), though in a span the number of disks remain even. For example, for 32 disks, RAID 10 is created with all the disks in one span and for 34 disks, RAID 10 is created with 16 disks in one span and 18 disks in the other span.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
-ssz or stripesize
<number> Sets the stripe size for the virtual disk. The stripe size is the amount of array disk space used on each array disk included in the stripe. A valid argument is a number that is less than the size of the virtual disk. The -sszoption is optional and can be added to the
192 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
command line in any order after the mandatory option combination. However, do not specify a unit for stripe size when creating virtual disks. The unit is always displayed in KB.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,..
-str or strict <number> Strict (-str parameter) is the percentage of expected array disk utilization.
Example:
A:> raidcfg -ctrl -ac= cvd -c=0 -ad=0:0,0:1 - r=1 -str=20 If the unused portion of an array disk is greater than the mentioned percentage, raidcfg aborts.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-sz or -size <number> Sets the maximum size of the virtual disk in MB or GB. A valid argument is a number representing the maximum size for the virtual disk. The -szoption is optional and can be the added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
The minimum virtual disk size that you can create for various controllers is as follows:
For PERC 5 controllers:
RAID 0: 100 MB
RAID 1: 100 MB
RAID 5: 100 MB
For PERC 6 controllers:
RAID 0: 100 MB
RAID 1: 100 MB
RAID 5: 100 MB
RAID 6: 100 MB
RAID 60: 100 MB
For PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9 controllers:
RAID 0: 100 MB
RAIDCFG 193
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
RAID 1: 100 MB
RAID 5: 100 MB
RAID 6: 100 MB
RAID 10: 100 MB
RAID 50: 100 MB
RAID 60: 100 MB
Software RAID controllers:
RAID 0: 100 MB
RAID 1: 100 MB
RAID 5: 100 MB
RAID 10: 100 MB
NOTE: If this option is not provided, RAIDCFG determines the maximum virtual disk size and creates it.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-vdpi or vdiskprotectionin fo
0,1 Creates a virtual disk with the T10 Protection Information (PI) feature enabled.
NOTE: This option is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -vdpi=1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-wp or writepolicy
wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb Sets the write policy for the virtual disk. The valid arguments are:
wb Write-Back caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal as soon as the data is in the controller cache but has not yet been written to disk.
wt Write-Through caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.
NOTE: The wb and wt options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:
PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, PERC 5/i Adapter
PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter, PERC 6/E Adapter
PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9
wc Write-Caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.
194 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
nwc No-Write-Caching specifies that the controller does not send a write-request completion signal after the data is written to the disk.
fwb Force write-back caching, enables the write cache regardless of whether the controller has a battery. If the controller does not have a battery and force write-back caching is used, data loss may occur in the event of a power failure
NOTE: The -wpoption is optional and can be
added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-sf or secureflag 0, 1 Creates a secured virtual disk on controllers with encryption capability and encryption key.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -sf=1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Enumerating Array Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating array disks (hard-drives).
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
Table 337. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments
Description
-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id
NA NA Lists all the array disks attached to the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.
NOTE: The following example displays the output of a Series 7 controller.
NOTE: The software controller does not display the NegSpeed, CapSpeed,
Certified and Supported parameters.
RAIDCFG 195
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=2 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter ****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL(tm) Model: ST3300657SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD NegSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:7:1 Size: 285568 MB (278 GB) Avail: 285568 MB (278 GB) PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Ready Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL Model: ST500NM0011 Protocol: SATA Media: HDD NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:4:1 Size: 476416 MB (465 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL Model: SAMSUNG HE253GJ Protocol: SATA Media: HDD NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:7:1 Size: 237824 MB (232 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
196 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments
Description
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd=id or vdisk=id Lists the array disks that make up the virtual disk on the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -vd=0 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter ****** Physical Drive ******Drive Vendor: DELL (tm) Model: ST3450757SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD MedSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:0:1 Size: 428672 MB (418 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: Yes Secured: No Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id
-ad= ch:targ,ch:t arg,... adisk= channel:tar get, channel:tar get,...
Displays information about the specified array disk. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -ad= 0:0:1 ****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL(tm) Model: ST3450757SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD MegSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:0:1 Size: 428672 MB (418 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: Yes Secured: No Sector Size: 512 MB T10 Protection Info Capable: No RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAIDCFG 197
Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking and unblinking array disks (hard drives).
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
Table 338. Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... -ac=blink - c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,. .. -ac=blink controllerid= id vdisk=id
NA NA Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:0:1 -ac=blink - c=4 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... -ac= unblink -c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,. .. -ac= unblink controllerid= id vdisk=id
NA NA Unblinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg ad ad=0:0:1 ac=unblink c=4 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Enumerating Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating virtual disks.
Table 339. Enumerating Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
vd or vdisk NA NA Lists all the virtual disks for each controller along with the array disks that make up each virtual disk. This option is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back
198 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd or vdisk -c or controller id
<valid controller ID number>
Lists all the virtual disks under the indicated controllers. Each virtual disk is displayed with the physical disk that comprises it. The -c option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=4 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -c=id or vdisk controllerid= id
-vd or vdisk
Displays details about a single virtual disk under the indicated controller. The -vd -c= id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=0 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!
Deleting Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting virtual disks.
RAIDCFG 199
Table 340. Deleting Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=dvd - c=id
or
vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id
NA NA Deletes all virtual disks on the indicated controller. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -ac=dvd - c=id
or
vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id
-vd or vdisk <valid virtual disk ID number>
Deletes the indicated virtual disk on the indicated controller. The -vd- ac=dvd -c =id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2 -vd=0 RAIDCFG Command successful!
NOTE: When virtual disks are created, the RAID controller starts the background initialization operation. Virtual disks cannot be deleted until this operation completes.
NOTE: If the raid.ini file contains the [Reset] section, then the RAIDCFG utility removes all the hot spares (dedicated and global) and virtual disks on the specified RAID controllers in the system.
Increasing Virtual Disk Size The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for increasing the virtual disk size of the controller.
Table 341. Increasing Virtual Disk Size
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id - vd=vdid -ac=evs - szinper=% or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=vdid action=expandvdsi ze sizeinpercent= %
NA NA Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=evs - szinper=25
Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting a virtual disk as a bootable virtual disk.
200 RAIDCFG
Table 342. Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=sbf - c=id or vdisk action= setbootflag controllerid= id
-vd or vdisk <valid virtual disk ID number>
Sets the specified virtual disk as bootable virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=sbf -c=2 -vd=0 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking or unblinking a physical disk associated with a virtual disk.
Table 343. Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -vd=id ac=blink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id
NA NA Blinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -vd=id ac=unblink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id
NA NA Unblinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting Virtual Disk Name The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the name of a virtual disk on a controller.
Table 344. Setting Virtual Disk Name
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -vd=id - ac=svdn - vdn= <string> - c=id or vdisk vdisk= id action= setvdname vdname=<string> controllerid= id
NA NA Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=svdn - vdn=xxx -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAIDCFG 201
Setting Environment Variables The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the CLI environment.
Table 345. Setting Environment
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-se -envn=<string> -envc=<function>
or
setenvironment envname=<string> envcommand=<function>
NA NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getcontrollerslots function call. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CNTRL - envc=getcontrollerslots CNTRL=0 1 2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-se -envn=<string>
-envc=<function>
or
setenvironment envname=<string>
envcommand=<function>
-f or filename <filename> Captures the environment output to the given filename. This option either appends the information to an existing file or creates a new file.
-se -envn=<string>
- envc=<function> - c=id
or
setenvironment envname=<string>
envcommand=<function>
controllerid=id
NA NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks,getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, or gethotspares function call. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc=getfirmware -c=2 FIRMWARE=531T RAIDCFG Command successful!
Function Calls of Setenvironment Option
The following table lists the function calls of the setenvironment option.
Table 346. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option
Function Call Description
getfirmware Returns the firmware version of the specified controllers.
202 RAIDCFG
Function Call Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc= getfirmware -c=2 FIRMWARE=531T RAIDCFG Command successful!
getcontrollertype Returns LSI for LSI controllers and ADAP for Adaptec controllers.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CONTROLLERTYPE -envc= getcontrollertype -c=2 CONTROLLERTYPE=LSI RAIDCFG Command successful!
getadisks Returns the array disks attached to the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=ADISKS -envc=getadisks -c=2 ADISKS=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadiskcount Returns the number of free array disks found in the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKCOUNT -envc= getfreeadiskcount -c=2 FREEADISKCOUNT=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadisksize Returns the total size of the free array disks in megabytes.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKSIZE -envc= getfreeadisksize -c=2 FREEADISKSIZE=15346 RAIDCFG Command successful!
gethotspares Returns the global hot spares (global failover disks) found on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=HOTSPARES -envc= gethotspares -c=2 HOTSPARES=1:8:1,1:9:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAIDCFG 203
Function Call Description
getfreeadisks Returns the free array disks.
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETFREEADISKS -envc= getfreeadisks -c=2 GETFREEADISKS=0:3:1,0:4:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
getadiskcount Returns the total number of array disks.
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETADISKCOUNT -envc= getadiskcount -c=2 GETADISKCOUNT=1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAID Replication Options The following table lists the RAID replication options.
Table 347. RAID Replication Options
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-i NA
Example:
A:> raidcfg -i=\tmp\raid.ini
-o NA
Example:
A:> raidcfg -o=\tmp\raid.ini The contents of the raid.ini file are: [vdisk0] controllerid=0 size=123456 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt stripesize=32 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1 [vdisk1] controllerid=0 size=65345 raid=1 readpolicy=ra
204 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
writepolicy=wt stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:3:1,0:4:1
NOTE: If the controller uses global hot spares, the raid.ini file contains the following section:
[GlobalHotspare0]
controllerid=0
failoverdrive=0:8:0
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for assigning and unassigning global hot spares.
Table 348. Assigning, Unassigning, and Listing Global Hot Spares
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -ac=sghs - c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl
or
controller action=setglobalh otspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure
NA NA Assigns the specified disk as a global hot spare on the controller. You can assign only one disk at a time.
NOTE: The parameter, force, is optional and
is used to avoid the warning messages while assigning the disk as global hot spare. This parameter is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.
NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 - ad=0:1 -force RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad|-pd -ac=lghs -c=id or adisk| pdisk - action=listglobal hotspare controllerid=id
NA NA Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=lghs -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ctrl ac=rghs - c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl or controller
NA NA Unassigns all the specified global hot spares to a disk on the specified controller.
RAIDCFG 205
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
action=removeglob alhotspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=rghs -c=2- ad=0:1,0:2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for foreign configurations.
Table 349. RAIDCFG Options for Foreign Configurations
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=fgnimp
or
controller controllerid=idac tion=foreignimpor t
NA NA Imports the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
NOTE: For importing secured foreign configuration, use importsecureforeignconfig or isfc.
For more details, see Importing Secured Foreign Configurations.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnimp
-ctrl -c=id -ac= fgnclr
or
controllercontrol lerid=id foreignclear
NA NA Clears the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers..
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
NOTE: For clearing secured foreign configuration, use instantsecureerase or insecerase. For more details, see
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnclr
206 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id
-ac=fgnrvr or
controller controllerid=id
action=foreignrec over
NA NA Recovers the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnrvr
Importing Secured Foreign Configuration The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for importing secured foreign configuration of the virtual disks.
Table 350. RAIDCFG Options for Importing Secured Foreign Configuration
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=isfc - pp=passphrase
or
controller controllerid=id action=importsecu reforeignconfig passphrase=passph rase
NA NA Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=isfc - pp=Dell_123
Displaying Foreign Key Ids The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for displaying the foreign key ids of the controller.
Table 351. Displaying Foreign Key Ids
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=gfki
or
controller controllerid=id
NA NA Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=gfki Controller: PERC H710P Mini ******** Foreign Key IDs ********
RAIDCFG 207
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
action=getforeign keyids
Disk Location: 0:7:1 Foreign Key ID: secure
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Creating Encryption Key The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for creating encryption key for the controller.
Table 352. Creating Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=csk - pp=passphrase - kid=key
or
controller controllerid=id action=createsecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key
NA NA Creates encryption key for the encryption-capable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=csk - pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321
Changing Encryption Key The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for changing the encryption key of the controller.
Table 353. Changing Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=chsk - pp=passphrase - kid=key - opp=passphrase
or
controller controllerid=id action=changesecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key oldpassphrase=pas sphrase
NA NA Changes the encryption key of the encryption- capable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=chsk - pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321 - opp=Dell_abc
208 RAIDCFG
Deleting Encryption Key The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting the encryption key of a controller.
Table 354. Deleting Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=dsk
or
controller controllerid=id action=deletesecu ritykey
NA NA Deletes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dsk
Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the rebuild of the physical disks associated with a virtual disk.
Table 355. Configuring the Disk Rebuild
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=rbd -ad|- pd= ch:targ:encl -c=id
or
vdisk action=rebuild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=rbd -ad=0:1 -c=2
-vd -ac=crbd - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id
or
vdisk action=cancelrebu ild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=crbd -ad=0:1 -c=2
RAIDCFG 209
Configuring Array Disk As RAID The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the array disk as RAID.
Table 356. Configuring Array Disk as RAID
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ac=ctr -ad|- pd= ch:targ:encl -c=id
or
vdisk action=converttor aid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Configures the array disk as RAID.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctr -ad=0:1 -c=2
-ad -ac=ctnr - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id
or
vdisk action=convertton onraid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Configures the array disk as JBOD.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctnr -ad=0:1 -c=2
Configuring Physical Disk State The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the physical disk state to online or offline.
CAUTION: Setting a physical disk online or offline may result in data loss. Either complete an automatic rebuild of the physical disk or initiate a consistency check of the virtual disk after an online task completes.
Table 357. Configuring Physical Disk State
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ac=online - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id
or
NA NA Sets the array disk state to online.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=online -ad=0:1 - c=2
210 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
adisk action=online adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
-ad -ac=offline - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id
or
adisk action=offline adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=offline -ad=0:1 - c=2
Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for replacing the physical disk of a virtual disk with a ready state disk.
Table 358. Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=replacepd -vd=id ch:targ:encl - c=id
or
vdisk action=replacepdi sk adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk, whose size is greater than or equal to the size of the physical disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=replacepd -vd=2 - c=2 -src=0:1 -dest=0:1
Consistency check for virtual disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for a consistency check for a virtual disk.
RAIDCFG 211
Table 359. Consistency Check For Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id -vd=id - ac=cc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=consistenc ycheck
NA NA Check consistency for a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=cc
-vd -c=id -vd=id - ac=ccc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelcons istencycheck
NA NA Cancels the consistency check for the specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ccc
NOTE: Consistency check command is not applicable when RAID=0.
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for erasing encrypted physical disks.
Table 360. Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ad | pd= ch:targ: enc1,ch:targ:encl ,... - ac=insecerase - c=id or
adisk adisk | pdisk= channel:target:en closure , channel:target:en closure ,... action=instantsec ureerase controllerid= id
NA NA Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:1,0:2 -ac=insecerase -c=2
Discarding Preserved Cache The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for discarding the preserved cache on the controller.
212 RAIDCFG
Table 361. Discarding Preserved Cache
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=dpc -force
or
controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache force
NA NA Discards the preserved cache on the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc -force RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id - ac=dpc -force - igncfg
or
controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache force - ignoreconfig
NA NA Discards the preserved cache on the controller ignoring the foreign configuration.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc -force -igncfg RAIDCFG Command successful!
Initializing Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for initializing selected virtual disks.
Table 362. Initializing Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=fi or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=fastinit
NA NA Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the fastinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
Using the fastinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=fi
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=sli or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=slowinit
NA NA Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the slowinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the slowinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=sli
RAIDCFG 213
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=ci or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelinit
NA NA Cancels the initialization of the virtual disk with the cancelinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the cancelinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error..
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ci
Resetting The Controller The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for resetting the controller.
Table 363. Resetting The Controller
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=rst or controller controllerid=id action=reset
NA NA Resets the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=rst
-ctrl -c=id - ac=rst -force or - controller - controllerid=id - action=reset
force NA The parameter force, is optional. This option is used to reset or delete the BootVD in Post operating system.
Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enabling and disabling dedicated hot spares.
Table 364. Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=ephs
or
controller controllerid=id action=enableperi stenthotspare
NA NA Assigns the slot corresponding to the hot spare drive as persistent. Any drive in the slot functions as a hot spare if the drive is qualified to be a hot spare.
NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
214 RAIDCFG
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=ephs -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id - ac=dphs
or
controller controllerid=id action=disableper sistenthotspare
NA NA Disables the persistent slot corresponding to the hot spare drive. If the drive is removed from the slot and any drive is inserted, the slot stops functioning as a hot spare. You must manually assign the drive as a hot spare again.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=dphs -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting and displaying the Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.
Table 365. Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=spciels -spd=<2 | 3>
or
controller controllerid=id action=setpcielin kspeed speed=<2 | 3>
NA NA Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to PCIe Generation 2 or 3.
NOTE: Reboot the system to apply the setting.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=spciels - spd=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id - ac=gpciels
or
controller controllerid=id action=getpcielin kspeed
NA NA Displays the PCIe link speed of the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=gpciels RAIDCFG Command successful!
Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed
The following table lists the controllers and minimum supported firmware versions for PCIe link speed.
RAIDCFG 215
Table 366. Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed
Controllers Component Minimum Supported Versions
PERC H710 H710 Adapter 21.2.0-0007
H710 Mini Monolithic 21.2.0-0007
PERC H710P H710P Adapter 21.2.0-0007
H710P Mini Monolithic 21.2.0-0007
PERC H810 H810 Adapter 21.2.0-0007
Setting Boot Mode The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the boot mode of the controller.
Table 367. Setting Boot mode
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=sbm bm=<0|1| 2> or controller controllerid=id action=setbootmod e bootmode=<0|1| 2>
NA NA Sets the boot mode of the controller to any of the following during the system start or reboot:
Stop on error (0)
Continue on error (1)
Continue headless on error (2)
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=sbm -bm=0
Configuring Auto Import The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the auto import property of the controller.
Table 368. Configuring Auto Import
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=eai ai=<0|1> or controller controllerid=id action=enableauto import autoimport=<0|1>
NA NA Sets the auto import property of the controller to 1 (enables the auto import property to automatically import the foreign configuration) or 0 (disables the auto import property).
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=eai -ai=0
216 RAIDCFG
Miscellaneous Options The following table lists all other RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments.
Table 369. Miscellaneous Optional Parameters
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
any option -l or logfile <filename> Logs command line output to a file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as standard output. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -l=log.txt Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 0 Controller_PCI_ID: 4:2:1 Controller_Name: Dell PERC 6/E Channels: 2 Virtual_Disks: 0 Firmware Version: V2.8-0[6064] RAIDCFG Command successful!
-si or silent NA Does not display any information on the terminal console. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -si
-ver or version NA Displays the version number of the RAIDCFG utility. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ver RAIDCFG V4.4 Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc. RAIDCFG Command successful!
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands The following table lists the basic RAIDCFG commands.
RAIDCFG 217
Table 370. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
Purpose Command Description
To list all the RAID controllers in a system
raidcfg -ctrl Lists all the RAID controllers in the system.
Record the slot ID of the controllers for later reference.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 -ad=0:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!
To list all the disks attached to a particular controller
raidcfg adisk - c=slotid
Lists all the disks attached to the controller. The slot ID is obtained from the first command.
Record the drive location of the disks for later reference.
To create a virtual disk with all the default settings
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,...
Creates a virtual disk of maximum available size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size with all the default settings
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,... -sz=5GB
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 1
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 5
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,... - sz=5GB -r=5
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 5.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 1 with a hot spare
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1 -fd=x:y
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
The option <-fd> stands for failover drive and requires the drive location of the drive you want the dedicated hot spare to be in. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 10
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y -r=10
Creates a virtual disk of max size for type RAID 10.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 50
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y,x :y -r=50 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 50.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
218 RAIDCFG
Purpose Command Description
To create a virtual disk of RAID 6 raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y,x :y -r=6 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 6.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 6 is 4.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 60
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y,x :y -r=60 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 60.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 60 is 8.
To view all the virtual disks in a system
raidcfg vdisk Lists the virtual disks on a system for all RAID controllers.
To view all the virtual disks for a specific controller
raidcfg vdisk - c=slotid
Lists all the virtual disks on a specific controller.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first commands.
To delete a specific virtual disk on a controller
raidcfg vdisk -ac=dvd -c=slotid -vd= vdiskid
Deletes a specific virtual disk on a controller.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first command and the vdiskid in <-vd=vdiskid> is obtained from command 10.
RAIDCFG 219
UPINIT The UPINIT utility allows to create a utility partition (UP) on a hard drive, format the partition, and extract the partition contents onto the disk.
Topics:
Features
Creating A Partition Using UPINIT
UPINIT Dependencies
UPINIT Options And Arguments
Features The UPINIT utility:
Displays help and usage information.
Returns specific error codes and messages.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the UPINIT utility in \DELL\TOOLKIT \TEMPLATES\SCRIPTS. In Linux, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/templates/scripts
Creating A Partition Using UPINIT The size of the virtual disk where a utility partition is to be created must be a minimum of 8 GB.
UPINIT performs the following steps:
Ensures that the UP image file is present and readable.
Ensures that no partitions are present on the target disk.
Creates a utility partition of type Dell Utility (DE). If there is an existing UP, UPINIT does not create a new one. It only updates the existing UP. If no UP is found, UPINIT exits.
Updates the boot sector with the UP boot sector image. If required, it updates the master boot record as well.
Mounts the partition.
Uncompresses the UP file onto the UP image.
Unmounts the partition.
NOTE: On Windows PE, UPINIT runs as a batch file. In Linux, it runs as a shell script that uses standard Linux commands to accomplish the same tasks as done by the Windows PE UPINIT utility. Both command lines are identical and the output of the two utilities are identical when the same image is used.
UPINIT Dependencies On systems running Linux, UPINIT looks for the following files:
mbr file in the dell/drmk directory
sysdrmk in the dell/toolkit/bin directory
6
220 UPINIT
On systems running Windows, UPINIT looks for the following files:
createup.cfg , mountup.cfg , umountup.cfg , and listup.cfg in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TEMPLATE\SCRIPTS directory
sysdrmk.exe in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS directory
UPINIT Options And Arguments Table below lists the valid options and arguments for the UPINIT utility.
Table 371. UPINIT Options and Arguments
Option Valid Arguments Description
none none If no options are given, the tool outputs usage information. The usage information is printed in the format shown below.
Example 1:
A:>upinit upinit version 1.0 2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file [--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h] --help or -h prints help. --disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f filename of Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Installs the Dell Utility partition over an existing one. Example 2:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 -- file=upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using upimg.bin file.
NOTE: The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/ downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are deleted.
-h none This function command requires an argument that matches a valid option. If the argument matches a valid option, that options usage information is displayed. This option cannot be used with other options.
Windows PE Example:
upinit version 1.0 Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc.
This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/dell/toolkit/ systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more
UPINIT 221
Option Valid Arguments Description
information, please consult the Deployment Toolkit Documentation.
Usage:
upinit.bat [--overwrite] --disk=ID or -d=ID --size=size or -s=size --file=file or -f=file --help or -h prints usage. --disk or -d ID of the disk on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f Filename of the Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Overwrites an existing Dell Utility Partition. Example:
upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB using the upimg.bin image file.
The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the -- overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.
Linux Example:
upinit version 1.0 Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc. This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/dell/toolkit/systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more information, please consult the Deployment Toolkit Documentation. Usage:
upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file [--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h] --help or -h prints help. --disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f filename of Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Installs the Dell Utility partition over an existing one. Example:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using the upimg.bin file.
222 UPINIT
Option Valid Arguments Description
The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the -- overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.
disk integer, required (Windows) string, required (Linux)
Specifies the disk on which to create a utility partition. This disk is checked to ensure that there are no existing partitions. Utility exits with an error if the disk has partitions other than a utility partition.
Use option --overwrite to overwrite an existing utility partition.
Example:
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin (WinPE Example) # upinit --disk=/dev/hda --size=32 -- file=/home/BIN/upimage.bin (Linux Example)
size integer, required The size of the utility partition to create. The created utility is at least the size specified by size and be as close to actual size as drive geometry allows.
Example :
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin
file string, required Specifies a file that is decompressed onto the utility partition. This file is checked for existence and availability before any partitions are created on the disk. If the file is not specified, the utility simply create the utility partition, format it, and exits. The user has to mount and populate the utility partition. It is very unlikely that the user do NOT specify the utility partition format.
Example:
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin
--overwrite string, optional Overwrites an existing utility partition. It does not create a new partition or delete an existing partition.
UPINIT 223
Messages And Codes This section documents the error messages and codes used in Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK).
Topics:
SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages
UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages
UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages
RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages
RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages
RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages
SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages The SYSCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax and valid input. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages The SYSCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. The following table lists SYSCFG error codes and messages.
Table 372. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 Success
1 Attempt to read write-only parameter.
2 Password cannot exceed 16 characters.
3 A BMC was either not detected or is not supported.
4 This username is already in use. Enter a unique username.
5 Access mode not supported.
6 Cannot return number of requested data bytes.
7 User ID 1 cannot be assigned a username.
8 Cannot execute duplicated request.
9 There was an error clearing the SEL.
10 Clear SEL cannot be accompanied with any other option.
11 racreset cannot be accompanied with any other option.
7
224 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
12 Cannot execute command. Command, or request parameter(s), not supported in present state.
13 Command not supported on given channel.
14 The community string may only contain printable ASCII characters.
15 Destination unavailable. Cannot deliver request to selected destination.
16 Cannot execute command. Insufficient privilege level.
17 Command illegal for specified sensor or record type.
18 Invalid commstring value.
19 Hardware subsystem error. Invalid data field in Request.
20 Invalid destination IP address.
21 The GUID is invalid.
22 Invalid gateway.
23 Invalid hostname.
24 Invalid IP address.
25 Invalid DNS IP address.
26 Invalid sub net mask.
27 Invalid value for PEF. PEF value should be between 1 and 16.
28 Reservation Canceled or Invalid Reservation ID.
29 Invalid Time to live value.
30 Invalid VLANID value.
31 Invalid Command. Used to indicate an unrecognized or unsupported command.
32 Command invalid for given LUN.
33 Load defaults cannot be accompanied with any other option.
34 There was an error loading the defaults.
35 Node Busy. Command could not be processed because command processing resources are temporarily unavailable.
36 Out of space. Command could not be completed because of a lack of storage space required to execute the given command operation.
37 This parameter is not supported.
38 Parameter out of range. One or more parameters in the data field of the Request are out of range.
39 The password may only contain printable ASCII characters.
40 Password test failed.
41 Requested data length invalid.
42 Requested data field length limit exceeded.
Messages And Codes 225
Error Code Message
43 Requested Sensor, data, or record not present.
44 Request data truncated.
45 Command response could not be provided.
46 Command response could not be provided. BMC initialization or initialization agent in progress.
47 Command response could not be provided. Device in firmware update mode.
48 Command response could not be provided. SDR Repository in update mode.
49 Cannot execute command, SEL erase in progress.
50 Attempt to set the 'set in progress' value when not in the 'set in complete' state.
51 The SOL character accumulate interval is invalid.
52 The SOL character send threshold is invalid.
53 The SOL retry interval is invalid.
54 Command completed successfully.
55 Time-out while processing command. Response unavailable.
56 Unspecified error.
57 The password may only contain printable ASCII characters.
58 Username cannot exceed 16 characters.
59 Invalid VLANID value. Enter in dddd format.
60 Attempt to write read-only parameter.
61 BMC is busy.
62 Response data did not return successfully.
63 BMC time out error.
64 Option requires an argument.
65 The asset tag for this system is not available.
66 The asset tag cannot be more than 10 characters long.
67 The required BIOS interfaces cannot be found on this system.
68 The BIOS version information is not available.
69 There is not enough free system memory to complete the BIOS update.
70 The BIOS update file version is a different version class (A00, X00) than the current system BIOS. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
71 The BIOS update file version is older than the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
72 The BIOS update file version is identical to the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
226 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
73 The sequence list must be a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).
74 The sequence list must be a comma-separated list of valid unique device names (ex: nic.emb.1, hdd.emb.1) or a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).
75 There was an error setting the sequence.
76 The list is not formatted correctly. See the help for more details.
77 The size of returned buffer is larger than the size of allocated buffer.
78 There was a problem getting the state byte.
79 The state byte is not available on this system.
80 There was a problem setting the state byte.
81 The state byte must be a value between 0 and 255 decimal.
82 The CPU information is not available.
83 The dependent option required for this subcommand is missing in the command line.
84 Duplicate sub command has been entered.
85 The script file does contain not a valid DTK environment script signature.
86 The format of the environment variable is incorrect.
87 The --envar option can only be used for a single option.
88 The --envar option can only be used for report operations.
89 The individual sub commands should be specified for the -s option.
90 Getting external serial connector settings failed.
91 Setting external serial connector settings failed.
92 There was an error opening the file.
93 File does not have write permission.
94 The file contains invalid options.
95 The replication information does not match for this system.
96 There can only be one section in the input file.
97 Bad ini file, the section cannot be found.
98 The format of the bios image file is incorrect.
99 Report operations and set operations must be separate.
100 Help is not available for the option.
101 The -x (--hex) option can only be used with -b or -r.
102 Input file not found.
103 Input file cannot be read.
Messages And Codes 227
Error Code Message
104 Invalid argument for option.
105 Function table lookup error.
106 The machine ID was not found in the file.
107 The system memory information is not available.
108 Mode can only be used with the --pci option.
109 The device name or index must be present in the boot order.
110 The output file could not be opened. Please make sure the path exists and the media is not write protected.
111 Could not write to output file, disk may be full.
112 The current password must be supplied with a new password using --oldsyspwd.
113 The current password must be supplied with a new password using -- oldsetuppwd.
114 The current password can only be supplied when setting a new password.
115 Actions are not allowed for this filter. Only alerts are allowed.
116 There was an error getting the option.
117 The option is not available or cannot be configured through software.
118 There was an error setting the option.
119 The -n (--namefile) option can only be used with - -pci.
120 The password may only contain alphanumeric characters.
121 The BIOS passwords have been disabled via jumper.
122 The password length must be between 1 and 32.
123 This password is locked and can only be unlocked by the admin user.
124 There was an error setting the password.
125 The LCD string length must be between 1 and %s.
126 The LCD string may only contain alphanumeric characters.
127 There was an error setting the LCD string.
128 The second channel can only be set if the RAID controller is set to RAID.
129 The set operation requires sub commands.
130 The service tag for this system is not available.
131 The system ID value is not available.
132 The system information string is not available.
133 A system error has occurred.
134 Usage error.
135 The uuid information is not present on this system
228 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
136 Version cannot be accompanied with any other option.
137 The self-identify blinker timer should be set to 0..255 second(s).
138 Encrypt key is too long.
139 Encrypt key is invalid, accepted characters are 0 to 9 or A to F.
140 Parameter has been temporarily disabled due to a dependency on other settings.
141 The old password supplied is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
142 Cannot stat /etc/omreg.cfg file. Please ensure /etc/omreg.cfg file is present and is valid for your environment. You can copy this file from the DTK iso.
143 Getting nicselection settings failed.
144 HAPI Driver Load Error.
145 Filter action power reduction is only supported for the system power warn/ fail filters.
146 TPM/TCM Clear settings requires setup password.
147 There is currently no TPM/TCM Clear request pending.
148 Password is not required for retrieving the %s options.
149 Setup password is required for setting the %s options.
150 Invalid Password override.
151 Invalid TPM/TCM set option.
152 There was an error setting the TPM/TCM option.
153 There is no setup password installed on this system.
154 The setup password supplied is incorrect. Please try again.
155 Profile should be custom for setting cpupowermode, memorypowermode and fanmode.
156 There was an error setting the Power Option.
157 The power cap value entered is out of range. Please try again.
158 The power cap value entered must be between 0 to 100 if unit is percent.
159 Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address cannot be link-local or multicast.
160 Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address specified has incorrect address format.
161 Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified has incorrect address format.
162 Invalid IPv6 address. The Primary DNS server address specified has incorrect address format.
Messages And Codes 229
Error Code Message
163 Invalid IPv6 address. The Secondary DNS server address specified has incorrect address format.
164 Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified is invalid.
165 Invalid configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration on a non supported platform.
166 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set DNS server address manually while DNS address source is set to auto.
167 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set IPv6 address manually while IPv6 address source is set to auto.
168 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration without loading IPv6 stack.
169 Invalid IPv4 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv4 configuration with IPv4 disabled.
170 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Ipv6 address cannot be specified without specifying prefix-length.
171 Invalid IPv6 configuration. dnssrcv6 cannot be set to auto when ipsrcv6 is set to manual.
172 Error while executing IPMI Set command.
173 Error while executing IPMI Get command.
174 Error during Trap Alert.
175 Unspecified error.
176 Getting LCD settings failed.
177 Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when capenable is set to disable.
178 Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when hardware does not support setting.
179 Invalid Configuration Option.
180 Cannot execute command. Parameter is illegal because command sub-function has been disabled or is unavailable.
181 Failed to report the removable flash media redundancy status.
182 Failed to report the Internal SD Module status.
183 Error locating the Virtual Media Key on the Modular system.
184 Error in setting the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules.
185 Error in retrieving the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules.
186 Error in setting the redundancy option on Modular systems for the Internal SD Modules.
187 Error in retrieving the vFlash option.
188 Error in setting the vFlash option.
230 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
189 The set operation failed due to dependency.
190 The set operation failed because attribute is forced to a value.
191 Cannot disable this OrderedLists entries.
192 The set operation failed because system is busy now . Try again later.
193 New value for the token not valid.
194 Token not found.
195 The set operation failed because System Services and/or CSIOR disabled.
196 The set operation failed due to pending System Password changes.
197 The set operation failed due to Password verification failure.
198 The set operation failed due to previously scheduled job.
199 The set operation failed because attribute is suppressed.
200 The set operation failed due to Generic failure.
201 XML path context creation failed.
202 Unable to parse XML.
203 Unable to connect data manager.
204 'root' privileges required to execute this application.
205 Invalid alert destination.
206 The set operation failed due to unspecified error.
207 Incorrect syntax for help. For more information about a particular command, use the option '-h or --help' followed by the command name. Example: %s -h --asset
208 System is busy now.Try again later.
209 The dependent option '%s' required for this subcommand should be 'enable'.
210 Some of the BIOS/IPMI tokens are ignored. See the log file (dtk.log) for more information.
211 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extension is XML
212 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extensions are .ini, .log, .bat, .ids, .lst, and .txt.
Failures And Solutions The following table lists the common SYSCFG failures and their solutions.
Messages And Codes 231
Table 373. SYSCFG Failures and Solutions
Failure Messages Solutions
Generic failure. Indicates iDRAC is in bad state. Reboot iDRAC.
New value not valid. Make sure the changed value is valid.
Cannot disable this orderedLists entries. BIOS does not support enabling or disabling of a particular boot order object.
System busy, try again later. Retry as iDRAC is busy with internal processing.
Unable to connect iDRAC data manager. Start data manager service using srvadmin_services (specific to Linux).
System Services and/or CSIOR disabled. Enable CSIOR from
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages The UPINIT utility checks your commands for correct syntax. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages The UPINIT utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. Table below lists error codes and messages common to Linux and Microsoft Windows PE environments.
Table 374. UPINIT Common Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 Dell Utility Partition created successfully.
1 Error: Disk ID not specified.
2 Error: SIZE not specified.
3 Error: Utility Partition Image file not specified.
4 Error: DRMK Path not specified.
5 Error: Dell Utility Partition already exits. Please use --overwrite option to upgrade or overwrite.
6 Error: Partitions exists. Please clear all the partitions before running upinit.sh.
7 Error: DOS file(s) not found at the specified path.
8 Error: UP IMAGE not found at the specified location.
9 Error: format failed.
10 Error: Invalid size. Size should be a number between 32 and 2000.
11 Error: sysdrmk failed.
12 System Error.
13 Error: Invalid Argument:
232 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
14 Error: Unzip failed.
UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages The list of error codes and messages are specific to the Linux environment.
Table 375. UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
31 Error: Invalid disk specified.
32 Error: Mount failed.
33 Cannot create mount point
34 Error: fdisk failed.
UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages The list of error codes and messages below are specific to the Windows PE environment.
Table 376. UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
31 Error: DISKPART failed.
32 Error: DISKPART command file not found.
RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages The RAIDCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When you enter a command, a message displays stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages The RAIDCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. See table below for a list of the error codes and the associated messages.
Table 377. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 RAIDCFG Command successful!
1 Error! Incorrect Syntax.
2 Failure!
3 Illegal operation
Messages And Codes 233
Error Code Message
4 Unsupported operation
5 Device not found.
6 Format boot drive illegal
7 Buffer too small.
8 Virtual Disk contains boot partition. Use force option to delete.
9 Init boot drive failed.
10 Format boot drive failed.
11 Cannot write boot drive.
12 Unsupported RAID value.
13 Invalid RAID configuration.
14 Span depth not in range.
15 RAID 1 failed.
16 Exactly 2 array disks are required to create a RAID 1 virtual disk.
17 Unsupported stripe size value.
18 RAID 5 only.
19 RAID 5 error.
20 A minimum of 3 array disks are required to create a RAID 5 virtual disk.
21 RAID 0 failed.
22 RAID 10 failed.
23 RAID 50 failed.
24 RAID 5 not supported.
25 RAID 50 not supported.
26 Size too small for given RAID type.
27 Wrong number of disks for RAID 1- concatenated.
28 Insufficient space to mirror disks.
29 Create Mirror not supported.
30 Disk in use.
31 Disk Lock operation failed.
32 Disk locked.
33 Disk Unlock operation failed.
34 Disk Unlocked.
35 Disk failed on rebuild.
36 Hot Spare not free.
37 Disk Diagnostic failed.
234 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
38 Disk Rebuild failed.
39 Disk Format failed.
40 Cancel of Disk Diagnostic failed.
41 Cancel of Disk Rebuild failed.
42 Cancel of Disk Format failed
43 Assign Hot Spare failed
44 Disk too Small for Hot Spare.
45 Unassign Hot Spare failed.
46 Prepare Disk for Removal failed.
47 Disk Online failed.
48 Disk Offline failed.
49 UnMount Operation failed.
50 Mount Operation failed.
51 Cannot Format Array Disk.
52 Bad chunk size.
53 Invalid disk.
54 Virtual disk not found.
55 Virtual disk locked.
56 Drive in use.
57 Reached maximum physical size.
58 Reached maximum count of virtual disks.
59 There is not enough free space on the array disk(s) to allow the operation to complete; the size of the virtual disk is too large; or communication to the array disk(s) has been lost.
60 Select the array disks that are part of a similar type of virtual disk (T10 protection and encryption capability) or the array disks that are not part of any virtual disks.
61 Invalid Parameter
62 Failed drive cannot be added.
63 The controller cannot support the number of array disks that you have selected. Choose a smaller number.
64 Delete virtual disk failed. Controller busy.
65 Delete virtual disk failed.
66 Create virtual disk failed.
67 Create virtual disk failed. Controller busy.
Messages And Codes 235
Error Code Message
68 Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating system disk.
69 Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating system disk.
70 Virtual disk initialization failed.
71 Virtual disk initialization failed. Controller busy.
72 Virtual disk reconstruction failed. Controller busy.
73 Virtual disk resynching failed. Controller busy.
74 Flush Virtual disk's cache failed on controller.
75 Virtual disk partition specified not found.
76 Unsupported cache policy value.
77 Unsupported write policy value.
78 Unsupported read policy value.
79 Cancel initialization on virtual disk failed.
80 Cancel reconstruction on virtual disk failed.
81 Cancel resynchronization on virtual disk failed.
82 The maximum number of virtual disks that can be created has been reached.
83 The new virtual disk must use only the remaining free space on the array disks used in the last virtual disk you created. Select all array disks that are used in the last virtual disk you created.
84 You have selected an array disk that is in a degraded or failed state. Choose another array disk.
85 Delete the last created virtual disk first.
86 Virtual disk initialized for use and no override requested.
87 Virtual disk type requested is invalid for the attempted operation.
88 Virtual disk Move operation failed. Cannot rename, virtual disk is already in use.
89 Failover invalid.
90 Virtual disk resynching.
91 Virtual disk resynch failed.
92 Virtual disk reconstruct failed.
93 Cannot format a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition.
94 Cannot initialize a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition.
95 Virtual disk Copy failed.
96 Virtual disk mirror set required.
97 Virtual disk Create - Read-only failed.
236 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
98 Virtual disk Create - Read-write failed.
99 Virtual disk - Clear-to-zero failed.
100 Virtual Disk Requires Non Multilevel.
101 Virtual Disk Promote Operation failed.
102 Specified virtual disk has no drive letter assigned to it.
103 Cannot expose virtual disk.
104 Cannot reconfigure virtual disk.
105 Cannot stop the reconfiguration of the virtual disk.
106 SMART report count not supported.
107 Operations on hidden virtual disks are not allowed.
108 Virtual disk is in use.
109 The virtual disk is in use. It cannot be reconfigured at this time.
110 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Initialization in progress.
111 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Reconstruction in progress.
112 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Rebuild in progress.
113 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Check consistency in progress.
114 Specified virtual disk too small.
115 Virtual disk operation not supported. Size too small.
116 Operation is temporarily unavailable. Space in use.
117 Cannot reconfigure to the given RAID level.
118 Cannot reconfigure from current RAID level to the given RAID level.
119 One of the array disks selected for the virtual disk is already in use.
120 Virtual disk operation not supported. Cannot use non-RAID disk.
121 Controller Read Configuration failed.
122 Controller Write Configuration failed.
123 Controller cache flush failed.
124 Enable alarm on controller failed.
125 Disable alarm on controller failed.
126 Quiet alarm on controller failed.
127 Controller failed to perform the task.
128 Specified bus not found for controller.
129 Call to set cache mode on the controller failed.
Messages And Codes 237
Error Code Message
130 Unexpected controller error.
131 Controller out of memory.
132 Invalid controller state.
133 Controller failed.
134 Controller busy.
135 Controller does not exist.
136 Controller name is invalid.
137 Controller is iterated.
138 Rename of virtual disk was not successful.
139 The controller was not able to erase the file system from the specified virtual disk.
140 The controller was not able to add space to the specified concatenation set.
141 The controller was not able to get the status of the specified mirror set.
142 The controller was not able to set the requested failover space.
143 The controller cannot get the failover space information.
144 Controller cannot unmirror the specified virtual disk.
145 The controller could not split the specified virtual disk.
146 The controller could not lock the specified virtual disk.
147 Controller IO paused.
148 No controller parameter support.
149 Controller does not recognize parameter symbol.
150 Controller Battery Recondition failed.
151 Controller Get disk signature failed.
152 Controller Read Flags failed.
153 Controller Set Flags failed.
154 Controller Remove Snap Shot failed.
155 Controller not supported.
156 Controller device initialization failure.
157 Partner controller already opened readwrite.
158 No partner controller found.
159 The virtual disk is not valid for requested operation.
160 Cannot communicate with controller.
161 Set operation failed.
162 Operation to update error count of SMART device has failed.
238 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
163 Operation to clear error count of SMART device has failed.
164 Driver could not execute.
165 Cannot delete virtual disk.
166 Cannot set temperature probe. Invalid value entered.
167 Cannot set enclosure tag. Invalid value entered.
168 Cannot set enclosure alarm.
169 Temperature probe value out of range.
170 Cannot set cache mode.
172 Data will be lost on the secondary disk and a reboot will be forced.
173 Cluster Services (MSCS) is running. Deleting a virtual disk that contains a cluster resource can result in unpredictable errors or system hangs (quorum disk). You should shut down cluster services before deleting cluster resources. Are you sure you want to proceed?
174 Cannot perform Create Virtual Disk or Delete Virtual Disk while the other server in a cluster is online. Please shut one of the servers down and retry the operation.
176 Invalid array disks or failover drives selected for reconfigure/create operation. Please make sure that all array disks and failover drives associated with the virtual disk are selected.
177 The maximum number of partitions have already been created on one of the selected array disk(s). Each array disk can hold portions (partitions) of up to 10 virtual disks. This virtual disk cannot be created because one or more array disk(s) have reached the partition limit.
178 The virtual disk is in use. Please close any applications that use the virtual disk and unmount any file systems that reside on the virtual disk.
179 The firmware version is not supported. Please update the firmware from http://support.dell.com.
180 The specified device does not have enough free space to be used as failover space for the specified virtual disk.
181 The operation failed. Please rescan the controller and retry the operation.
182 The operation cannot be performed while a task is running on the specified virtual disk.
183 The specified virtual disk has no dead disk segments.
184 The operation cannot be performed at this time. The firmware can recondition a battery that has a Degraded or Power Low state. The firmware will not recondition a battery that is functioning normally or that has a Ready, Failed or Missing state.
185 The version of the controller firmware installed on your system does not support this operation.
186 There are no disks of the correct type available to be assigned as a hot spare.
Messages And Codes 239
Error Code Message
187 There are no disks of sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.
188 There are no disks of the correct type and sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.
189 The Create Virtual Disk task was successful but the operating system may not be aware of the new virtual disk.
191 The import of foreign configurations is complete. Some configurations could not be imported.
192 Enable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
193 Disable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
194 Quiet alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
195 An error occurred while resetting a temperature probe.
200 No array disks found!
201 Invalid Virtual Disk ID!
202 RAID Type & Size are required to create a virtual disk. Ensure that the RAID type and the size are correct.
203 Invalid Environment command!
204 File is not writable!
205 Setting Environment Variable Command failed!
206 Filename is not provided!
207 Invalid Strict option! Please provide a valid number between 1 and 100.
208 Span depth is not needed for this RAID type.
209 Array disk(s) cannot be part of virtual disk(s) and also be hotspares.
210 Cannot have silent and logfile switch with the same command.
211 Invalid array disk(s)!
212 Invalid failover disk(s)!
213 Creation of a virtual disk on this RAID controller requires the use of the entire disk space of the array disks. The size or - sz parameter is not needed.
214 Invalid size given! size=max or -sz=max is not supported for this RAID controller.
215 The value given for envname or -envn is null or too long.
216 Invalid virtual disk size!
217 The strict option provided failed! Virtual disk is not created.
240 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
218 Unable to determine optimum size for Virtual disk. Ensure that the array disks are of the same protocol (i.e. SAS, SATA, SCSI). If there is a mismatch of the array disks then the RAIDCFG will not be able to determine the optimum size. In addition, also ensure that there is drive size available for the specified virtual disk.
219 One or more array disks selected to create virtual disk or hotspare doesn't have enough disk space. Please make sure that all the array disks and failover drives selected have enough free space.
220 The number of array disks provided is incorrect for the requested RAID Type! RAID 1 requires exactly 2 array disks, RAID 5 requires at least 3 array disks, RAID 10 requires at least 4 array disks and RAID 50 requires at least 6 array disks.
221 No free array disks found!
222 No global failover disks found!
223 One or more array disks selected for the virtual disk has foreign configuration.
224 Error in opening the file.
225 SAS 5/IR, SAS 6/IR, H200 and SW RAID requires atleast two physical disks to create RAID 0 or RAID 1.
226 No Foreign configuration present in the controller.
227 The virtual disk cannot be created on the physical disks you selected. Possible reasons include:unsupported mix of SAS and SATA protocol type disks, unsupported mix of SSD and HDD media disks.
228 Unsupported array disks selected for VD creation.
229 Setting stripe size is not supported in this controller.
230 Invalid VirtualDisk(VD) name specified. VD name can have alphanumeric characters [A-Z,a-z,0-9,_,-] only. Also, VD name size must be less than or equal to 15 characters
231 Error occurred while setting virtual disk as boot disk.
232 Error occurred while setting name for virtual disk.
233 Couldn't get boot virtual disk.
234 PCIe Link Speed could not be set for the RAID controller. Please check if the controller has the capability to set/change its PCIe link speed.
235 PCIe Link Speed can be set to either 2 or 3 i.e. PCIe Generation 2.0 or 3.0.
236 PCIe Link Speed could not be retrieved for this RAID controller.Please check if the controller has the PCIe link speed capability.
237 Please reset the controller before doing any further operation.
238 Boot Mode can be set to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), 2 (Headless continue on error)
239 Boot Mode could not be set for the RAID controller.
Messages And Codes 241
Error Code Message
240 Enable Auto Import can be set to 0 (No) or 1 (Yes).
241 Cannot discard the preserved cache because a foreign configuration is present on the controller. Use '-ignoreconfig' or '-igncfg' to discard the cache.
1000 Enable Auto Import property could not be set for the RAID controller.
1001 Invalid array disk list.
1002 Source or destination disk is in invalid state. Make sure that the source disk is in online state, destination disk is in ready state, and the size of the destination disk is greater than or equal to the size of the source disk.
1003 Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to online.
1004 Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to offline.
1005 Invalid encrypted array disk list for the instant secure erase operation.
1006 Sector drives 512B and 4KB must not be combined while creating a virtual disk.
1007 Hot spare sector size for the virtual disk is not matching.
1008 sectorsize parameter is not found.
1009 Warning! Cannot assign global hotspare. Input array disk can act as a hotspare only for virtual disks with matching sector size (4KB or 512B) and supported T10 PI capability. Use "-force" option to discard the warning.
1010 Force option is invalid for this operation on the specified controller.
1011 Input values for vdiskprotectioninfo and vdpi are 1 and 0.
1012 vdiskprotectioninfo or vdpi option is not available on the controller.
1013 Input array disks or hotspares are not PI-capable.
1014 Creation of RAID 10 virtual disk with Uneven Span failed.
1015 Spanlength is not required for creating a RAID10 virtual disk on this controller.
1016 Unsupported operation. RAID 6 and RAID 60 virtual disks which are T10 PI enabled do not support Slow Initialize.
1017 Operation is not supported. The specified controller does not have encryption capability.
1018 Operation is not supported. Encryption key is not present on the specified controller.
1019 The specified array disks or hotspares do not have encryption capability.
1020 The specified controller does not have a locked foreign configuration.
1021 Invalid passphrase.
1022 Input values for secureflag and sf are 1 and 0.
1023 Unsupported operation. Preserved cache is not present on the controller.
242 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
1024 Invalide Key Id
1025 Encryption key is already set for the controller.
1026 Cannot delete the encryption key because secure virtual disk is present.
1027 The passphrase is invalid or old.
1028 Cannot increase the virtual disk size due to lack of free space or due to the presence of partial virtual disks on the same set of array disks.
1029 The percentage value of virtual disk size must be in the range 1-100.
1030 Error! Cannot discard the preserved cache. Use '-force' option to discard the cache.
1031 Cannot create a new virtual disk because preserved cache is present on the controller. To clear the cache, either import the related virtual disks or discard the cache.
1032 Unsupported RAID value. The expand virtual disk size operation is allowed only on RAID-0, RAID-1, RAID-5, and RAID-6.
1033 Unsupported file type. Supported file types are .ini, .log, and .txt.
RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages Table below lists RACADM firmware error codes and messages.
Table 378. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
1 UNKNOWN COMMAND.
2 OUTPUT ERROR
3 TOO FEW ARGUMENTS
4 UNKNOWN PARAMETER
5 CAN'T LOCK RESOURCE
6 RESOURCE LOCKED
7 USER NOT IN DATABASE
8 WRONG PASSWORD
9 LOGIN INCORRECT
10 NOT ACCESSIBLE VIA TELNET CONNECTION
11 ACCESS DENIED
12 INVALID ARGUMENT
13 INVALID GROUP NAME
14 USER DATABASE FULL
15 CAN'T CHANGE FACTORY DEFAULT
Messages And Codes 243
Error Code Message
16 USER ALREADY IN DATABASE
17 CLOSING TELNET CONNECTION
18 USER DATABASE NOT INITIALIZED
19 INVALID COMMAND SHELL CALL
20 INVALID INPUT FILE
21 TFTP ERROR
22 PCI ERROR
23 SERVER IS IN GRAPHICS MODE
24 SYSTEM DATE AND TIME NOT SET
25 OUT OF MEMORY
26 ACCESS LOCKED
27 PAGING ERROR
28 PAGING ALREADY IN PROGRESS
29 ERROR ACCESSING DEVICE
30 WRONG NUMBER OF ARGUMENTS
31 NO SCREEN FOR ASR STORED
32 CAN'T ADD HISTORY MONITOR
33 INVALID IDENTIFIER
34 CANNOT WRITE TO FLASH
35 FIRMWARE FILE INVALID
36 CANNOT READ REGISTER
37 CANNOT UNLOCK RESOURCE
38 TIME OUT
39 SERVER IN TEXT MODE
40 WRONG GRAPHICS MODE
41 CONFIG SPACE LOCKED
42 MASTER LOCKED
43 ASB BUS LOCKED
44 HISTORY MONITORS NOT YET AVAILABLE
45 NO VALID VALUE FOR THIS FIELD
46 DIAGNOSTIC TASK ERROR
47 DIAGNOSTIC TASK IS ALREADY RUNNING
48 NO DIAGNOSTIC TASK RUNNING
49 READ ONLY
244 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
50 SNARFING IS NOT AVAILABLE
51 TEXT RESOLUTION OF SERVER CHANGED
52 MODULE NOT LOADED
53 IPMI ERROR
54 ERROR IN DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages Table below lists RACADM utility error codes and messages.
Table 379. RACADM Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
513 An unknown failure occurred.
514 Librac library not initialized.
515 An invalid parameter was passed into function.
516 Invalid DRSTYPE specified.
517 Librac library already initialized.
518 Invalid transport type specified.
519 Invalid library user.
520 A connection to the RAC controller could not be established.
521 Failed to perform read operation with RAC controller.
522 Failed to perform write operation with RAC controller.
523 Invalid message ID.
524 Invalid message type.
525 Invalid response message.
526 Specified user buffer is too small to hold data.
527 Authentication failed - Invalid user name or password.
528 Invalid CHAP protocol response encountered.
529 CHAP buffer too small.
530 Timeout occurred.
531 Insufficient user privileges to perform operation.
532 TFTP write error encountered.
533 TFTP read error encountered.
534 TFTP local file write error encountered.
535 TFTP local file read error encountered.
Messages And Codes 245
Error Code Message
536 TFTP write request failed.
537 TFTP read request failed.
538 Failed to open file.
539 Failed to load socket library.
540 Invalid socket library.
541 Unable to resolve HostName.
542 Failed to create socket.
543 Socket read operation failed.
544 Socket write operation failed.
545 Failed to create SSL context object.
546 Failed to create SSL BIO object.
547 Unable to create SSL socket connection.
548 Failed to initialize socket.
549 Failed to login to RAC successfully.
550 Invalid session ID specified.
551 Failed to logout from RAC successfully.
552 Command execution failed.
553 FTP Get operation failed.
554 FTP Put operation failed.
555 Failed to initialize FTP interface.
556 Failed to load SSL library.
557 Failed to initialize librac library.
558 Invalid session ID.
559 SpcmpObjectName failed.
560 SpcmpObjectIdGet failed.
561 SpcmpObjectIdSet failed.
562 Failed to send SPCMP message to RAC.
563 Invalid transport session info.
564 LAN Proxy error - please make sure your proxy settings are configured correctly.
565 RAC service not currently installed.
566 RAC service is not started.
567 RAC service is starting.
568 RAC controller not present.
246 Messages And Codes
Error Code Message
569 RAC controller is currently resetting.
Messages And Codes 247
BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages All possible Platform Event Filter (PEF) Alert Messages along with a description of each event are listed in the table below
Table 380. BMC PEF Alert Events
Event Description
Fan Probe Failure The fan is running too slow or not at all.
Voltage Probe Failure
The voltage is too low for proper operation.
Discrete Voltage Probe Failure
The voltage is too low for proper operation.
Temperature Probe Warning
The temperature is approaching excessively high or low limits.
Temperature Probe Failure
The temperature is either too high or too low for proper operation.
Chassis Intrusion Detected
The system chassis has been opened.
Redundancy (PS or Fan) Degraded
Redundancy for the fans and/or power supplies has been reduced.
Redundancy (PS or Fan) Lost
No redundancy remains for the system's fans and/or power supplies.
Processor Warning A processor is running at less than peak performance or speed.
Processor Failure A processor has failed.
PPS/VRM/DCtoDC Warning
The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter is pending a failure condition.
Power Supply/VRM/D2D Failure
The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter has failed.
Hardware log is full or emptied
Either an empty or a full hardware log requires administrator attention.
Automatic System Recovery
The system is hung or is not responding and is taking an action configured by Automatic System Recovery.
System Power Probe Warning
The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a warning value.
System Power Probe Failure
The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a failure value.
8
248 BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
Sample File Formats This appendix lists the sample SYSCFG utility .ini, RAIDCFG utility .ini, and the RACADM utility .ini files.
Topics:
Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format
Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format
Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format
Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format [syscfg] ;SystemModelName=poweredge r620 ;SystemBiosVersion=0.3.16 ;SystemServiceTag=MDN2345 ;SystemManufacturer=dell inc. ;SysMfrContactInfo=www.dell.com ;SysMemSize=4.0 gb ;SysMemType=ecc ddr3 ;SysMemSpeed=1067 mhz ;SysMemVolt=1.35v ;VideoMem=16 mb MemTest=enable MemOpMode=adveccmode ;NodeInterleave=disable SerialDbgOut=disable LogicalProc=enable QpiSpeed=maxdatarate ProcVirtualization=enable ProcAdjCacheLine=enable ProcHwPrefetcher=enable DcuStreamerPrefetcher=enable DcuIpPrefetcher=enable ProcExecuteDisable=enable ProcCores=all ;Proc64bit=yes ;ProcCoreSpeed=2.30 ghz ;Proc1Id=06-2d-2 ;Proc1Brand=[genuine intel(r) cpu @ 2.30ghz ] ;Proc1L2Cache=8x256 kb ;Proc1L3Cache=20 mb ;Proc1NumCores=8 EmbSata=ahcimode ;SataPortE=auto ;SataPortEModel=unknown ;SataPortEDriveType=unknown device ;SataPortECapacity=n/a ;SataPortF=auto ;SataPortFModel=unknown ;SataPortFDriveType=unknown device ;SataPortFCapacity=n/a BootMode=bios BootSeqRetry=disable IntegratedRaid=enable UsbPorts=allon
9
Sample File Formats 249
InternalUsb=on IntegratedNetwork1=enable OsWatchdogTimer=disable IoatEngine=disable ;EmbVideo=enable SriovGlobalEnable=disable SerialComm=onnoconredir SerialPortAddress=serial1com1serial2com2 ExtSerialConnector=serial1 FailSafeBaud=115200 ConTermType=vt100vt220 RedirAfterBoot=enable SysProfile=perfperwattoptimizeddapc ;ProcPwrPerf=sysdbpm ;MemFrequency=maxperf ;ProcTurboMode=enable ;ProcC1E=enable ;ProcCStates=enable ;MemPatrolScrub=standard ;MemRefreshRate=1x ;MemVolt=autovolt ;AesNi=enable PasswordStatus=unlocked TpmSecurity=off ;TpmActivation=nochange ;TpmClear=no ;IntelTxt=off LocalBiosUpdateSupport=enable PwrButton=enable NmiButton=enable AcPwrRcvry=last AcPwrRcvryDelay=immediate ;AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60 AssetTag= NumLock=on ReportKbdErr=report ErrPrompt=enable Characterization=enable BootSeq=Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1- 1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1 ;UefiBootSeq=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1,NIC.Integrated.1-2- 1,NIC.Integrated.1-3-1,NIC.Integrated.1-4- 1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1,Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1-1 OneTimeBootMode=disable ;OneTimeBootSeqDev=floppy.idracvirtual.1-1 ;OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev=nic.integrated.1-1-1 Slot1=enable Slot2=enable Slot3=enable extserial=com1 lancfgparams alertdest=1 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=2 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=3 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=4 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 commstring=public ;gateway=10.94.132.1 ;ipaddress=10.94.132.131 ipaddrsrc=dhcp nicselection=dedicated
250 Sample File Formats
autoneg=enable dnsserver1=0.0.0.0 dnsserver2=0.0.0.0 dnsdhcp=disable dnsracname=idrac dnsregisterrac=disable domainname= domainnamednsdhcp=disable fullduplex=enable speed=100Mbps ;subnetmask=255.255.255.0 vlanid=1 vlanpriority=0 vlantag=disable lancfgparamsv6 ;dnssrcv6=static ;gatewayv6=:: ;ipv6address1=:: ipv6=disable ;ipaddrv6=:: ;ipsrcv6=auto ;linklocaladdrv6=:: ;prefixlengthv6=0 ;dnsserver1v6=:: ;dnsserver2v6=:: ;ipv6address2=:: lanchannelaccess ipmioverlan=alwaysavail channelprivlmt=administrator pefalerting=disable lanuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator lanuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess
Sample File Formats 251
userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess lcd=servicetag nmibutton=enable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=1 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=2 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=3 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=4 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretevoltfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=intrusion filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redundegraded filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redunlost filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams
252 Sample File Formats
filter=hardwarelogfail filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=autorecovery filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=procabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batterywarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batteryfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardpresent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsoffline filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsredundancylost filteralert=enable filteraction=none hostname= powerbutton=enable serialcfgparams connectionmode=basic msgcommbitrate=19200 msgcommflowctrl=noflowctrl tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr tmcfglineediting=enable tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=alwaysavail
Sample File Formats 253
channelprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess solaction userid=2 action=enable solaction userid=3 action=disable solaction userid=4 action=disable solaction userid=5 action=disable solaction userid=6 action=disable solaction userid=7 action=disable solaction userid=8 action=disable
254 Sample File Formats
solaction userid=9 action=disable solaction userid=10 action=disable solaction userid=11 action=disable solaction userid=12 action=disable solaction userid=13 action=disable solaction userid=14 action=disable solaction userid=15 action=disable solaction userid=16 action=disable solcfgparams solbitrate=115200 solcharaccuminterval=10 solcharsendthreshold=255 solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator sysid=04CE sysname=PowerEdge R620 useraction userid=2 action=enable useraction userid=3 action=disable useraction userid=4 action=disable useraction userid=5 action=disable useraction userid=6 action=disable useraction userid=7 action=disable useraction userid=8 action=disable useraction userid=9 action=disable useraction userid=10 action=disable useraction userid=11 action=disable useraction userid=12 action=disable useraction userid=13
Sample File Formats 255
action=disable useraction userid=14 action=disable useraction userid=15 action=disable useraction userid=16 action=disable username userid=2 name=root username userid=3 name=NULL username userid=4 name=NULL username userid=5 name=NULL username userid=6 name=NULL username userid=7 name=NULL username userid=8 name=NULL username userid=9 name=NULL username userid=10 name=NULL username userid=11 name=NULL username userid=12 name=NULL username userid=13 name=NULL username userid=14 name=NULL username userid=15 name=NULL username userid=16 name=NULL ;uuid=44454C4C4400104E8032CDC04F333435 virtualmedia=auto
Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format [Reset] controllerid=1,2,3,6 [vdisk0] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1
256 Sample File Formats
readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:1:1,0:0:1 [vdisk1] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:3:1,0:2:1 [vdisk2] controllerid=2 size=278784 raid=0 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:5:1,0:4:1 failoverdrive=0:9:1 [vdisk3] controllerid=4 size=278784 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:8:1,0:7:1,0:6:1 [GlobalHotspare0] controllerid=0 failoverdrive=0:8:0
Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format [idRacInfo] #idRacType=0x05 #idRacProductInfo=Dell Remote Access Controller 5 #idRacDescriptionInfo=This system component provides a complete set of #remote management functions for Dell PowerEdge servers. #idRacVersionInfo=1.20 (Build 01.17) idRacName=DRAC 5 idRacMisc= [cfgLanNetworking] cfgNicEnable=1 cfgNicIpAddress=10.98.8.121 cfgNicNetmask=255.255.255.0 cfgNicGateway=192.168.0.1 cfgNicUseDhcp=0 #cfgNicMacAddress=00:11:43:34:5f:4a cfgDNSServersFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSServer1=192.168.0.5 cfgDNSServer2=192.168.0.6 cfgDNSRegisterRac=0 cfgDNSRacName=RAC-HHS7C1S cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSDomainName=MYDOMAIN [cfgCurrentLanNetworking] #cfgNicCurrentIpAddress=10.98.8.121 #cfgNicCurrentNetmask=255.255.255.0 #cfgNicCurrentGateway=192.168.0.1
Sample File Formats 257
#cfgNicCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0 #cfgDNSCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0 #cfgDNSCurrentServer1=192.168.0.5 #cfgDNSCurrentServer2=192.168.0.6 #cfgDNSCurrentDomainName=MYDOMAIN [cfgRemoteHosts] cfgRhostsSmtpEmailEnable=1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateTftpEnable=1 cfgRhostsSmtpServerIpAddr=127.0.0.1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateIpAddr=192.168.0.4 cfgRhostsFwUpdatePath= [cfgUserAdmin] #cfgUserAdminIndex=1 cfgUserAdminUserName=root #cfgUserAdminPassword= cfgUserAdminPrivilege=0 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterRacEventMask=0x300000 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterSysEventMask=0x77777 cfgUserAdminEmailEnable=0 cfgUserAdminEmailAddress= cfgUserAdminEmailCustomMsg= [cfgSessionManagement] cfgSsnMgtMaxSessions=0x4 cfgSsnMgtMaxSessionsPerUser=0x4 [cfgSerial] cfgSerialBaudRate=115200 cfgSerialConsoleEnable=0 cfgSerialConsoleQuitKey=
258 Sample File Formats
cfgRacSecCsrCommonName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationUnit= cfgRacSecCsrLocalityName= cfgRacSecCsrStateName= cfgRacSecCsrCountryCode= cfgRacSecCsrEmailAddr= [cfgRacVirtual] cfgVirAtapiSvrPort=0xe54 cfgVirMediaDisable=0 cfgFloppyEmulation=0 [cfgActiveDirectory] cfgADRacDomain= cfgADRac
Related manuals for Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the OpenManage Connection Dell works, you can view and download the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Command Line Reference Guide for Dell OpenManage Connection as well as other Dell manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Command Line Reference Guide should include all the details that are needed to use a Dell OpenManage Connection. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.